The patch:
"blackfin: Move blackfin watchdog driver out of the blackfin arch folder."
(sha1: e9a389a184)
changed hw_watchdog_init() prototype which didn't match
with Microblaze one.
This patch fixes the driver and Microblaze initialization.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This bug was introduced by:
"Add GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier to source files"
(sha1: 1a4596601f)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
If dout buffer is not 32 bit-aligned or data to transmit is not multiple
of 32 bit the read data pointer is already incremented on single byte reads.
Signed-off-by: Timo Herbrecher <t.herbrecher@gateware.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
As the spi flash transfer to multiple parts, it is forgot to add
Atmel AT25DF321 spi flash support, which broken several Atmel EK
boards which this chip. So, add it
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Added GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier for missed sf
source files.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
python used in buildman doesn't need to be placed in
/usr/bin/python, So use env to ensure that the interpreter
will pick the python from environment.
Usefull with several versions of python's installed on system.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pass a valid cmdtp into do_tftpb(), do_ext2load(), and do_get_fat(), to
avoid possible crashes due to null pointer dereferencing.
Commit d7884e047d does not go far enough.
There is still at least one call chain that can result in a crash.
The do_tftpb(), do_ext2load(), and do_get_fat() functions expect a valid
cmdtp. Passing in NULL is particularly bad in the do_tftpb() case,
because eventually boot_get_kernel() will be called with a NULL cmdtp:
do_tftpb() -> netboot_common() -> bootm_maybe_autostart() -> do_bootm()
-> do_bootm_states() -> bootm_find_os() -> boot_get_kernel()
Around line 991 in cmd_bootm.c, boot_get_kernel() will dereference the
null pointer, and the board will crash.
Signed-off-by: Steven A. Falco <stevenfalco@gmail.com>
Add a MAC address create based on the OMAP die ID registers.
Then poplulate the ethaddr enviroment variable so that the device
tree alias can be updated prior to boot.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
commit d196bd8803 adds
redundand environment to mmc. The usage of malloc in
env_relocate_spec triggers cache errors on armv7.
Tested on a not mainlined i.MX53 board:
Board: TQMa53
I2C: ready
DRAM: 512 MiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x8f57c2d8
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x8f57e2d8
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x8f57e2e0
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x8f5802e0
Using default environment
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@tqs.de>
As the SPI controller is not initialized before env_init(), it causes
reading env in dataflash failed. So, although saveenv() successfully,
it shows warning information when reboot the system as following:
*** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
Let the env_relocate() to check env CRC and import it.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
OMAP4 panda rev A6 is a 4430 es2.3 IC with an updated memory
part.
The panda rev A6 uses Elpida 2x4Gb memory and no longer uses Micron
so the timings needs to be updated
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
In [1] we discussed how we should deal with dual (or, more generally,
multiple) licensed files. Add this to Licenses/README so it's
properly documented.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot/166518
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
[trini: Add the word 'list' to the end of the line, per Stephen Warren's
feedback]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
When a toolchain invocation fails, an exception is thrown but not caught
which then aborts the entire toolchain detection process. To solve this,
request that exceptions not be thrown, since the toolchain init code
already error-checks the command result. This solves e.g.:
- found '/usr/bin/winegcc'
Traceback (most recent call last):
...
Exception: Error running '/usr/bin/winegcc --version'
Change-Id: I579c72ab3b021e38b14132893c3375ea257c74f0
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(formatted to 80cols)
The musb driver defines and uses MUSB_CSR0_H_DIS_PING, however this
bit is reserved on the DM36x. Thus this patch ensures that the
reserved bit is not accesssed.
It has been observed that some USB devices will fail to enumerate
with errors such as 'error in inquiry' without this patch.
See http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/sprufh9a for details.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Murray <amurray@embedded-bits.co.uk>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
OMAP5 boards may have both eMMC (on MMC2) and an SD slot (on MMC1). We
Update the default bootcmd to match what happens on AM335x where we try
SD first, and then eMMC. In this case however, the hardware layout used
for powering both of these means that in the kernel eMMC shall be found
first as it is powered by a fixed regulator and SD found second as SD is
powered via the palmas which will result in deferred probing.
Tested-by: Aparna Balasubramanian <aparnab@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This allows you to write data to an UBI volume when the amount of memory
available to write that data from is less than the total size of the
data. For example, you may split a root filesystem UBIFS image into
parts, provide the total size of the image to the first write.part
command and then use multiple write.part commands to write the
subsequent parts of the volume. This results in a sequence of commands
akin to:
ext4load mmc 0:1 0x80000000 rootfs.ubifs.0
ubi write.part 0x80000000 root 0x08000000 0x18000000
ext4load mmc 0:1 0x80000000 rootfs.ubifs.1
ubi write.part 0x80000000 root 0x08000000
ext4load mmc 0:1 0x80000000 rootfs.ubifs.2
ubi write.part 0x80000000 root 0x08000000
This would write 384MiB of data to the UBI volume 'root' whilst only
requiring 128MiB of said data to be held in memory at a time.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
int64_t matches the bytes field in struct ubi_mkvol_req to which the
size is assigned. With the prior signed 32 bit integer, volumes were
restricted to being less than 2GiB in size.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This matches the 64 bit size in struct mtd_info and allows the mtdparts
command to function correctly with a flash >= 4GiB. Format specifiers
for size & offset are given the ll length, matching its use in
drivers/mtd in absence of something like inttypes.h/PRIx64.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Linux modified the MTD driver interface in commit edbc4540 (with the
same name as this commit). The effect is that calls to mtd_read will
not return -EUCLEAN if the number of ECC-corrected bit errors is below
a certain threshold, which defaults to the strength of the ECC. This
allows -EUCLEAN to stop indicating "some bits were corrected" and begin
indicating "a large number of bits were corrected, the data held in
this region of flash may be lost soon". UBI makes use of this and when
-EUCLEAN is returned from mtd_read it will move data to another block
of flash. Without adopting this interface change UBI on U-boot attempts
to move data between blocks every time a single bit is corrected using
the ECC, which is a very common occurance on some devices.
For some devices where bit errors are common enough, UBI can get stuck
constantly moving data around because each block it attempts to use has
a single bit error. This condition is hit when wear_leveling_worker
attempts to move data from one PEB to another in response to an
-EUCLEAN/UBI_IO_BITFLIPS error. When this happens ubi_eba_copy_leb is
called to perform the data copy, and after the data is written it is
read back to check its validity. If that read returns UBI_IO_BITFLIPS
(in response to an MTD -EUCLEAN) then ubi_eba_copy_leb returns 1 to
wear_leveling worker, which then proceeds to schedule the destination
PEB for erasure. This leads to erase_worker running on the PEB, and
following a successful erase wear_leveling_worker is called which
begins this whole cycle all over again. The end result is that (without
UBI debug output enabled) the boot appears to simply hang whilst in
reality U-boot busily works away at destroying a block of the NAND
flash. Debug output from this situation:
UBI DBG: ensure_wear_leveling: schedule scrubbing
UBI DBG: wear_leveling_worker: scrub PEB 1027 to PEB 4083
UBI DBG: ubi_io_read_vid_hdr: read VID header from PEB 1027
UBI DBG: ubi_io_read: read 4096 bytes from PEB 1027:4096
UBI DBG: ubi_eba_copy_leb: copy LEB 0:0, PEB 1027 to PEB 4083
UBI DBG: ubi_eba_copy_leb: read 1040384 bytes of data
UBI DBG: ubi_io_read: read 1040384 bytes from PEB 1027:8192
UBI: fixable bit-flip detected at PEB 1027
UBI DBG: ubi_io_write_vid_hdr: write VID header to PEB 4083
UBI DBG: ubi_io_write: write 4096 bytes to PEB 4083:4096
UBI DBG: ubi_io_read_vid_hdr: read VID header from PEB 4083
UBI DBG: ubi_io_read: read 4096 bytes from PEB 4083:4096
UBI DBG: ubi_io_write: write 4096 bytes to PEB 4083:8192
UBI DBG: ubi_io_read: read 4096 bytes from PEB 4083:8192
UBI: fixable bit-flip detected at PEB 4083
UBI DBG: schedule_erase: schedule erasure of PEB 4083, EC 55, torture 0
UBI DBG: erase_worker: erase PEB 4083 EC 55
UBI DBG: sync_erase: erase PEB 4083, old EC 55
UBI DBG: do_sync_erase: erase PEB 4083
UBI DBG: sync_erase: erased PEB 4083, new EC 56
UBI DBG: ubi_io_write_ec_hdr: write EC header to PEB 4083
UBI DBG: ubi_io_write: write 4096 bytes to PEB 4083:0
UBI DBG: ensure_wear_leveling: schedule scrubbing
UBI DBG: wear_leveling_worker: scrub PEB 1027 to PEB 4083
...
This patch adopts the interface change as in Linux commit edbc4540 in
order to avoid such situations. Given that none of the drivers under
drivers/mtd return -EUCLEAN, this should only affect those using
software ECC. I have tested that it works on a board which is
currently out of tree, but which I hope to be able to begin
upstreaming soon.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
commit a5510058 powerpc/83xx/km: make local functions and structs static
removed the staticness also from this struct. But this struct is needed
in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/cpu_init.c and declared as extern.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Upon further inspection and review and chatting with kernel folks, what
happens here is that what mmcblk# a device gets is based on probe order.
So a system with an SD card inserted with place eMMC on mmcblk1, but
without an SD card, it will be on mmcblk0. So U-boot can only provide a
best guess. In this case, if no SD card is present, we would want to
pass mmcblk0p2 still. If an SD card is present, it woudl be able to
provide a uEnv.txt that would be loaded (even if the kernel is NOT
there) which can still update mmcroot variable.
This reverts commit 827512fb11.
Cc: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Since SPI register access is so expensive, it is worth transferring data
a word at a time if we can. This complicates the driver unfortunately.
Use the byte-swapping feature to avoid having to convert to/from big
endian in software.
This change increases speed from about 2MB/s to about 4.5MB/s.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari S Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Accessing SPI registers is slow, but access to the FIFO level register
in particular seems to be extraordinarily expensive (I measure up to
600ns). Perhaps it is required to synchronise with the SPI byte output
logic which might run at 1/8th of the 40MHz SPI speed (just a guess).
Reduce access to this register by filling up and emptying FIFOs
more completely, rather than just one word each time around the inner
loop.
Since the rxfifo value will now likely be much greater that what we read
before we fill the txfifo, we only fill the txfifo halfway. This is
because if the txfifo is empty, but the rxfifo has data in it, then writing
too much data to the txfifo may overflow the rxfifo as data arrives.
This speeds up SPI flash reading from about 1MB/s to about 2MB/s on snow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari S Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
For devices that need some time to react after a spi transaction
finishes, add the ability to set a delay.
Implement this as a delay on the first/next transaction to avoid
any delay in the fairly common case where a SPI transaction is
followed by other processing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari S Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
This function, if implemented by the board, provides a microsecond
timer. The granularity may be larger than 1us if hardware does not
support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari S Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
As documented, almost all U-Boot commands expect numbers to be entered
in hexadecimal input format. (Exception: for historical reasons, the
"sleep" command takes its argument in decimal input format.)
This rule was broken for the "load" command; for details please see
especially commits 045fa1e "fs: add filesystem switch libary,
implement ls and fsload commands" and 3f83c87 "fs: fix number base
behaviour change in fatload/ext*load". In the result, the load
command would always require an explicit "0x" prefix for regular
(i. e. base 16 formatted) input.
Change this to use the standard notation of base 16 input format.
While strictly speaking this is a change of the user interface, we
hope that it will not cause trouble. Stephen Warren comments (see
[1]):
I suppose you can change the behaviour if you want; anyone
writing "0x..." for their values presumably won't be
affected, and if people really do assume all values in U-Boot
are in hex, presumably nobody currently relies upon using
non-prefixed values with the generic load command, since it
doesn't work like that right now.
[1] http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot/171172
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
omap1510inn is orphan and has been for years now.
Reove it and, as it was the only arm925t target,
also remove arm925t support.
Update doc/README.scrapyard accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
There is no page_size for ramtron flashes,
so just print the detected flash and it's size.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Enables support for SPI SPL, QSPI and Spansion serial flash device
on the EVM. Configures pin muxes for QSPI mode.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <matt.porter@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Sourav Poddar <sourav.poddar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Qspi controller can have a memory mapped port which can be used for
data read. Added support to enable memory mapped port read.
This patch enables the following:
- It enables exchange of memory map address between mtd and qspi
through the introduction of "memory_map" flag.
- Add support to communicate to the driver that memory mapped
transfer is to be started through introduction of new flags like
"SPI_XFER_MEM_MAP" and "SPI_XFER_MEM_MAP_END".
This will enable the spi controller to do memory mapped configurations
if required.
Signed-off-by: Sourav Poddar <sourav.poddar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Clock requirement for qspi clk is 192 Mhz.
According to the below formulae,
f dpll = f ref * 2 * m /(n + 1)
clockoutx2_Hmn = f dpll / (hmn+ 1)
fref = 20 Mhz, m = 96, n = 4 gives f dpll = 768 Mhz
For clockoutx2_Hmn to be 768, hmn + 1 should be 4.
Signed-off-by: Sourav Poddar <sourav.poddar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Use flash->page_size arg in print_size() instead of
flash->sector_size while printing detected flas part details.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Now the common probing is handled in spi_flash_probe.c
hence removed the unneeded flash drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Compared to other spi flashes, ramtron has a different
probing and implementation on flash ops, hence moved
ramtron probe code into ramtron driver.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
From Micron, 512MB onwards, flash requires to poll flag status
instead of read status- hence added E_FSR flag on spectific
flash parts.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
SECT_4K, SECT_32K and SECT_64K opeartions are performed to
to specific flash by adding a SECT* flag on respective
spi_flash_params.flag param.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Few of the flashes(Atmel, Macronix and SST) require to
clear BP# bits in flash power ups.
So clear these BP# bits at probe time, so-that the flash
is ready for user operations.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Most of the SST flashes needs to write up using SST_WP, AAI
Word Program, so added a flag param on spi_flash_params table.
SST flashes, which supports SST_WP need to use a WP write
sst_write_wp instead of common flash write.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added AT45DB* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added SST25* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Added S25FL* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added W25* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added MX25L* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added GD25* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added EN25Q* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added M25P* parts are which are avilable in spi_flash_probe_legacy.c.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Added new spi_flash_probe support, currently added N25Q*
flash part attributes support.
Updated the sector_size attributes as per the flash parts.
Looks fine for with this sector_size for computing the size
of flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Divided the spi_flash framework into mutiple parts for
- spi_flash.c:
spi flash core file, interaction for spi/qspi driver to
spi_flash framework.
- spi_flash_ops.c
spi flash preffered operations, erase,write and read.
- spi_flash_probe.c
spi flash probing, easy to extend probing functionality.
This change will support to extend the functionality in a
proper manner.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Forcibly set hose->pci_prefetch to NULL to make sure it will be setup.
This will help if for any reason callers didn't make sure themselves to
NULL the field.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
The original creation of arch/arm/cpu/armv7/{virt-v7.c,nonsec_virt.S}
predates the SPDX conversion, so the original elaborate license
statements sneaked in.
Fix this by replacing them with the proper abbreviation.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
The modelist data uses the list definition but the 'list.h' header
were not being included. The build failure is bellow:
,----
| In file included from yyyy.c:16:0:
| .../u-boot/include/linux/fb.h:503:19: error: field 'modelist' has incomplete type
| struct list_head modelist; /* mode list */
| ^
| make[1]: *** [yyyy.o] Error 1
| make[1]: Leaving directory `.../u-boot/board/xxx/yyyy'
| make: *** [board/xxx/yyyy/libyyyy.o] Error 2
`----
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The part_validate comment had a wrong description of the actions it
does and referenced to non-existent functions while in fact it calls
'part_validate_eraseblock()'.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The wait_until_[rx|tx]ep_ready functions return a u8 to indicate success
containing the value 0, 1 or -1. This patch changes the return type to an
int to accommodate the negative return values.
These functions are used in the file using calls such as if (!wait_until...
Where a -1 is returned it is mishandled and treated as success instead of
a CRC error. This patch addresses this.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Murray <amurray@embedded-bits.co.uk>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since 2bf36ac638 the BD ram address is
not hardcoded inside cpsw driver any more. Platforms have to supply
their bd_ram_ofs in the platform data to the driver. This commit does
this for pcm051 and igep0033 boards.
Tested-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Acked-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
We can run the DDR at 400MHz, so update the timings for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
To enable hypervisors utilizing the ARMv7 virtualization extension
on the Versatile Express board with the A15 core tile, we add the
required configuration variable.
Also we define the board specific smp_set_cpu_boot_addr() function to
set the start address for secondary cores in the VExpress specific
manner.
There is no need to provide a custom smp_waitloop() function here.
This also serves as an example for what to do when adding support for
new boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
For the KVM and XEN hypervisors to be usable, we need to enter the
kernel in HYP mode. Now that we already are in non-secure state,
HYP mode switching is within short reach.
While doing the non-secure switch, we have to enable the HVC
instruction and setup the HYP mode HVBAR (while still secure).
The actual switch is done by dropping back from a HYP mode handler
without actually leaving HYP mode, so we introduce a new handler
routine in our new secure exception vector table.
In the assembly switching routine we save and restore the banked LR
and SP registers around the hypercall to do the actual HYP mode
switch.
The C routine first checks whether we are in HYP mode already and
also whether the virtualization extensions are available. It also
checks whether the HYP mode switch was finally successful.
The bootm command part only calls the new function after the
non-secure switch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
Currently the non-secure switch is only done for the boot processor.
To enable full SMP support, we have to switch all secondary cores
into non-secure state also.
So we add an entry point for secondary CPUs coming out of low-power
state and make sure we put them into WFI again after having switched
to non-secure state.
For this we acknowledge and EOI the wake-up IPI, then go into WFI.
Once being kicked out of it later, we sanity check that the start
address has actually been changed (since another attempt to switch
to non-secure would block the core) and jump to the new address.
The actual CPU kick is done by sending an inter-processor interrupt
via the GIC to all CPU interfaces except the requesting processor.
The secondary cores will then setup their respective GIC CPU
interface.
While this approach is pretty universal across several ARMv7 boards,
we make this function weak in case someone needs to tweak this for
a specific board.
The way of setting the secondary's start address is board specific,
but mostly different only in the actual SMP pen address, so we also
provide a weak default implementation and just depend on the proper
address to be set in the config file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
To actually trigger the non-secure switch we just implemented, call
the switching routine from within the bootm command implementation.
This way we automatically enable this feature without further user
intervention.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
The core specific part of the work is done in the assembly routine
in nonsec_virt.S, introduced with the previous patch, but for the full
glory we need to setup the GIC distributor interface once for the
whole system, which is done in C here.
The routine is placed in arch/arm/cpu/armv7 to allow easy access from
other ARMv7 boards.
We check the availability of the security extensions first.
Since we need a safe way to access the GIC, we use the PERIPHBASE
registers on Cortex-A15 and A7 CPUs and do some sanity checks.
Boards not implementing the CBAR can override this value via a
configuration file variable.
Then we actually do the GIC enablement:
a) enable the GIC distributor, both for non-secure and secure state
(GICD_CTLR[1:0] = 11b)
b) allow all interrupts to be handled from non-secure state
(GICD_IGROUPRn = 0xFFFFFFFF)
The core specific GIC setup is then done in the assembly routine.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
While actually switching to non-secure state is one thing, another
part of this process is to make sure that we still have full access
to the interrupt controller (GIC).
The GIC is fully aware of secure vs. non-secure state, some
registers are banked, others may be configured to be accessible from
secure state only.
To be as generic as possible, we get the GIC memory mapped address
based on the PERIPHBASE value in the CBAR register. Since this
register is not architecturally defined, we check the MIDR before to
be from an A15 or A7.
For CPUs not having the CBAR or boards with wrong information herein
we allow providing the base address as a configuration variable.
Now that we know the GIC address, we:
a) allow private interrupts to be delivered to the core
(GICD_IGROUPR0 = 0xFFFFFFFF)
b) enable the CPU interface (GICC_CTLR[0] = 1)
c) set the priority filter to allow non-secure interrupts
(GICC_PMR = 0xFF)
Also we allow access to all coprocessor interfaces from non-secure
state by writing the appropriate bits in the NSACR register.
The generic timer base frequency register is only accessible from
secure state, so we have to program it now. Actually this should be
done from primary firmware before, but some boards seems to omit
this, so if needed we do this here with a board specific value.
The Versatile Express board does not need this, so we remove the
frequency from the configuration file here.
After having switched to non-secure state, we also enable the
non-secure GIC CPU interface, since this register is banked.
Since we need to call this routine also directly from the smp_pen
later (where we don't have any stack), we can only use caller saved
registers r0-r3 and r12 to not mess with the compiler.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
A prerequisite for using virtualization is to be in HYP mode, which
requires the CPU to be in non-secure state first.
Add a new file in arch/arm/cpu/armv7 to hold a monitor handler routine
which switches the CPU to non-secure state by setting the NS and
associated bits.
According to the ARM architecture reference manual this should not be
done in SVC mode, so we have to setup a SMC handler for this.
We create a new vector table to avoid interference with other boards.
The MVBAR register will be programmed later just before the smc call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
armv7.h contains some useful constants, but also C prototypes.
To include it also in assembly files, protect the non-assembly
part appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
There are a few make options such as BUILD_TAG which can be provided when
building U-Boot. Provide a way for buildman to pass these flags to make
also.
The flags should be in a [make-flags] section and arranged by target name
(the 'target' column in boards.cfg. See the README for more details.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 27af930e9a changed the boards.cfg format
but missed to change the parsing in buildman. A follow-on commit
03c1bb2425 fixed this but missed fixing the
tests.
This patch updates the tests to fit the new Board constructor.
./tools/buildman/buildman -t
<unittest.result.TestResult run=1 errors=0 failures=0>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EHCI controller has some very specific requirements for the USB 2.0
port test modes, which were not closely followed in the initial test
mode commit. It demands that the host controller is completely shut down
(all ports suspended, Run/Stop bit unset) when activating test mode, and
will not work on an already enumerated port.
This patch fixes that by introducing a new ehci_shutdown() function that
closely follows the procedure listed in EHCI 4.14. Also, when we have
such a function anyway, we might as well also use it in
usb_lowlevel_stop() to make the normal host controller shutdown cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds the pad to i.MX6DQ and changes the i.MX6DLS
declaration to match the Linux kernel declaration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The value MXC_CCM_CCGR3_IPU1_IPU_DI0_OFFSET that was used to initialize
the CCGR3 register caused an undefined value for CG0.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
CC: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
If smc911x_initialize() fails we should return the error immediately.
While at it, also check the error from cpu_eth_init().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Convert set_hdr_func(struct imx_header *imxhdr) to set_hdr_func(void)
to get rid of the warning
warning: ‘imxhdr’ is used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This patch add support for new multi function pmic max77693.
The driver is split into three modules: pmic, muic and fuelgage.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The download gadget code and DFU function lacks of proper declarations
for the case when a target board wants to use only one of available usb
functions.
Moreover the relevant declarations have been moved to consistent
localization (like <dfu.h>).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Only the <linux/usb/gadget.h> requires error.h include. Hence, several
includes of error.h at USB gadget functions are not needed.
Moreover unnecessary malloc.h includes were also removed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The mass storage composite function is now compiled in only when
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_MASS_STORAGE is defined.
Such change provides binary size reduction for boards which use USB
download gadget (like am335x_evm) with DFU, but don't use UMS.
For example at am335x_evm board reduction is more than 2KiB for
text and around 120B for data.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
DFU spec mentions it as a method to upgrade firmware (software stored
in writable non-volatile memory). It also says other potential uses of
DFU is beyond scope of the spec.
Here such a beyond the scope use is being attempted - directly pumping
binary images from host via USB to RAM. This facility is a developer
centric one in that it gives advantage over upgrading non-volatile
memory for testing new images every time during development and/or
testing.
Directly putting image onto RAM would speed up upgrade process. This and
convenience was the initial thoughts that led to doing this, speed
improvement over MMC was only 1 second though - 6 sec on RAM as opposed
to 7 sec on MMC in beagle bone, perhaps enabling cache and/or optimizing
DFU framework to avoid multiple copy for ram (if worth) may help, and
on other platforms and other boot media like NAND maybe improvement
would be higher.
And for a platform that doesn't yet have proper DFU suppport for
non-volatile media's, DFU to RAM can be used.
Another minor advantage would be to increase life of mmc/nand as it
would be less used during development/testing.
usage: <image name> ram <start address> <size>
eg. kernel ram 0x81000000 0x1000000
Downloading images to RAM using DFU is not something new, this is
acheived in openmoko also.
DFU on RAM can be used for extracting RAM contents to host using dfu
upload. Perhaps this can be extended to io for squeezing out register
dump through usb, if it is worth.
Signed-off-by: Afzal Mohammed <afzal.mohd.ma@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
New dfu_init_env_entities() function has been extracted from cmd_dfu.c and
stored at dfu core.
This is a dfu centric code, so it shall be processed in the core.
Change-Id: I756c5de922fa31399d8804eaadc004ee98844ec2
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add atmel usba udc driver support, porting from Linux kernel
The original code in Linux Kernel information is as following
commit e01ee9f509a927158f670408b41127d4166db1c7
Author: Jingoo Han <jg1.han@samsung.com>
Date: Tue Jul 30 17:00:51 2013 +0900
usb: gadget: use dev_get_platdata()
Use the wrapper function for retrieving the platform data instead of
accessing dev->platform_data directly.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
As seen with codesourcery compiler 2010q1, the buf pointer in
usb_request structure is not aligned on 4 bytes boundary causing
data aborts in eth_setup -> conf_buf -> usb_gadget_config_buf.
Make it as align access to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
[voice.shen@atmel.com: add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Up till now the DFU maximum file size (to be written to e.g. eMMC)
was different from the DFU data buffer size. It caused errors when
one buffer was smaller than data to be written.
Now, the maximum DFU file size is equal to default DFU buffer size.
In spite of this, user is still able to manually adjust those default
values.
Change-Id: Ied75d0f7b59588ebd79dae9a22af801d36622216
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
As seen on GCC 4.6 Linaro compiler, control_req buffer is not aligned
on 4 byte boundaray causing data aborts in eth_setup -> conf_buf
during dhcp boot over usb_ether. Fix the issue my aligning control_req
buffer using DEFINE_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER.
Tested on am335x_evm platform (beaglebone).
Applies on 2013.10-rc1 branch.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Joel Fernandes <joelf@ti.com>
This patch makes required changes to make use
of I2S0 channel instead of I2S1 channel on exynos5250.
Signed-off-by: Dani Krishna Mohan <krishna.md@samsung.com>
This patch makes the necessary changes for making use of
I2S0 channel instead of I2S1 channel on smdk board. This
changes are done to maintain the uniformity to use I2S0 channel.
Signed-off-by: Dani Krishna Mohan <krishna.md@samsung.com>
This patch enables default I2S0 channel.And I2S platform
parameter has been moved to a common file viz exynos5.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Dani Krishna Mohan <krishna.md@samsung.com>
When we call do_bootm() with a vmlinuz, this would lead to a NULL
pointer dereference, and after talking with Wolfgang the right thing to
do here for now is to make sure that we pass cmdtp to these functions
rather than NULL.
Reported-by: Steven A. Falco <stevenfalco@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In 5c427e4 we pass BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE as part of the bootm states to
run, on all arches. However, this is only valid / useful on PowerPC and
MIPS, and causes a problem on ARM where we specifically do not use it.
Rather than make this state fake pass like we do for GO on some arches
(which need updating to use the GO state), we should just not pass
CMDLINE except when it may be used, like before.
Tested-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Besides the change of this patchset it also updates the
README to reflect that GOT-generated relocations are no
longer supported on ARM.
cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
To be more EABI compliant and as a preparation for building
with clang, use the platform-specific r9 register for gd
instead of r8.
note: The FIQ is not updated since it is not used in u-boot,
and under discussion for the time being.
The following checkpatch warning is ignored:
WARNING: Use of volatile is usually wrong: see
Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
r9 is a platform-specific register in ARM EABI and not per
definition a general purpose register. Do not use it while
relocating so it can be used for gd.
cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Every ARM cpu config.mk (arch/arm/cpu/{CPUDIR}/config.mk) defines:
PLATFORM_RELFLAGS += -fno-common -ffixed-r8 -msoft-float
So, this patch moves the common compiler options to arch/arm/config.mk.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Reload address was written to the counter register
instead of load register.
The problem happens when timer expires but never
reload to ~0UL (it is downcount timer).
Reported-by: Stephen MacMahon <stephenm@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The movt/movw instruction can be used to hardcode an
memory location in the instruction itself. The linker
starts complaining about this if the compiler decides
to do so: "relocation R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC against `a local
symbol' can not be used" and it is not support by U-boot
as well. Prevent their use by requiring word relocations.
This allows u-boot to be build at other optimalization
levels then -Os.
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Cc: TigerLiu@viatech.com.cn
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If, in CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND, the environment switches both the mmcdev
and bootpart variables to refer to MMC device 1, it would make sense
that the mmcroot env variable should switch to that device as well.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Writing magic bits into LDO SRAM was suggested only for OMAP5432
ES1.0. Now these are no longer applicable. Moreover these bits should
not be overwritten as they are loaded from EFUSE. So avoid
writing into these registers.
Boot tested on OMAP5432 ES2.0
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
dra7xx_evm has eMMC and the default environment can be stored in it.
So enabling saveenv command and the configs to store environment in eMMC.
Tested on DRA752 ES1.0
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In Errata 1.0.24, if the board is running at OPP50 and has a warm reset,
the boot ROM sets the frequencies for OPP100. This patch attempts to
drop the frequencies back to OPP50 as soon as possible in the SPL. Then
later the voltages and frequencies up set higher.
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Cc: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Signed-off-by: Steve Kipisz <s-kipisz2@ti.com>
[trini: Adapt to current framework]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add a am33xx_spl_board_init (and enable the PMICs) that we may see,
depending on the board we are running on. In all cases, we see if we
can rely on the efuse_sma register to tell us the maximum speed. In the
case of Beaglebone White, we need to make sure we are on AC power, and
are on later than rev A1, and then we can ramp up to the PG1.0 maximum
of 720Mhz. In the case of Beaglebone Black, we are either on PG2.0 that
supports 1GHz or PG2.1. As PG2.0 may or may not have efuse_sma set, we
cannot rely on this probe. In the case of the GP EVM, EVM SK and IDK we
need to rely on the efuse_sma if we are on PG2.1, and the defaults for
PG1.0/2.0.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The patch fixes the improper read and write of sdhci
host control register for sdma transfer.
The problem comes when reading and writing 1 byte long
host control register with the sdhci_readl() and
sdhci_writel(). The misuse of these functions overwrite
the value of the next registers which are in 4 bytes boundary.
This patch replaces four byte register read/write functions
with one byte read/write ones. Beside, it eliminates
unnecessary bit operation. i.e. or-ing zero against a variable.
Signed-off-by: Juhyun (Justin) Oh <Juhyun_Oh@sigmadesigns.com>
This fixes two issues:
* a descriptor was allocated for every block, while a descriptor can
take 8 blocks
* there was an off-by-one error in the descriptor preparation: there
were two last descriptors, one with length==0
Signed-off-by: Mischa Jonker <mjonker@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
In dwmci_prepare_data, the descriptors are allocated for DMA transfer.
These are allocated using the ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER. This macro uses
the stack to allocate these descriptors. This becomes a problem if the
DMA transfer continues after the processor leaves the function in which
the descriptors were allocated.
Therefore, I have moved the allocated of the buffers up one level, to
dwmci_send_cmd(). The DMA transfer should be complete when leaving this
function.
Signed-off-by: Mischa Jonker <mjonker@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
For SPL builds this is just dead code since we'll only need to read.
Eliminating it results in a significant size reduction for the SPL
binary, which may be critical for certain platforms where the binary
size is highly constrained.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Performing tftp transfers on mx28 results in random timeouts.
Hector Palacios and Robert Hodaszi analyzed the root cause being related to the
wrong alignment of the 'buff' buffer inside fec_recv().
Benoît Thébaudeau provided an excellent analysis of the alignment bug that is
present on older versions, such as GCC 4.5.4:
http://marc.info/?l=u-boot&m=137942904906131&w=2
Use ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER() to avoid alignment issues from older GCC
versions.
Reported-by: Hector Palacios <hector.palacios@digi.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Metz <oliver@freetz.org>
Tested-by: Hector Palacios <hector.palacios@digi.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since commit bce883707 (ARM: mxs: tools: Add mkimage support for MXS bootstream)
the following build error is seen when doing a MAKEALL build:
$ ./MAKEALL mx28evk
Configuring for mx28evk - Board: mx28evk, Options: ENV_IS_IN_MMC
mxsimage.c:18:25: fatal error: openssl/evp.h: No such file or directory
Add an entry about the need of installing the 'libssl-dev' package.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Similarly as mx25 and mx53, mx6solo-lite needs to setup the MII gasket for RMII
mode.
Add support for mx6solo-lite.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Currently board_eth_init() always return 0, but we should propagate the error
when cpu_eth_init() fails.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Currently board_eth_init() always return 0, but we should propagate the error
when cpu_eth_init() fails.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
In arch/arm/cpu/arm1136/cpu.c we have:
#ifndef CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE
#define CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE 32
#endif
,so there is no need to define 'CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE' with the default
size in the board config file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
If a HDMI cable is not connected, the following message is seen on boot:
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.1 at 792 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX6-SabreSD
DRAM: 1 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
No panel detected: default to HDMI
unsupported panel HDMI
Reset the 'i' variable to fix the 'unsupported panel' message.
This follows the same idea of commit 47ac53d7ae (imx: nitrogen6x/mx6qsabrelite:
Fix bug in board_video_skip).
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Since commit d9b894603 (mx6sabresd: Add LVDS splash screen support) the
following hang happens if the HDMI cable is not connected or the 'panel'
variable is not set:
U-Boot 2013.10-rc2-12978-g47ac53d-dirty (Sep 11 2013 - 15:07:38)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.2 at 792 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX6-SabreSD
DRAM: 1 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
...
Provide a check to 'dev->detect' in order to prevent the hang.
Reported-by: Pardeep Kumar Singla <b45784@freescale.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
according to the manual frequency of PLL2 PFD2 is 396.000.000
instead of 400.000.000
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@tqs.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The wandboard solo version should boot the 'imx6dl-wandboard.dtb' file, since
dual-lite and solo variants are the same SoC with only the number of cores being
different.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Starting with PG2.1 we have a register in the CONTROL_MODULE that is set
with the package type and maximum supported frequency. Add this, and
the relevant mask/values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We need to allow for a further call-out in spl_board_init. Call this
am33xx_spl_board_init and add a __weak version. This function may be
used to scale the MPU frequency up, depending on board needs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add a driver for the TPS65910 PMIC that is found in the AM335x GP EVM,
AM335x EVM SK and others.
Signed-off-by: Philip, Avinash <avinashphilip@ti.com>
[trini: Split and rework Avinash's changes into new drivers/power
framework]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add a driver for the TPS65217 PMIC that is found in the Beaglebone
family of boards.
Signed-off-by: Greg Guyotte <gguyotte@ti.com>
[trini: Split and rework Greg's changes into new drivers/power
framework]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit 27af930e9a changed the boards.cfg format
but missed to change the parsing in buildman.
This patch changes c'tor of Board class to the new sequence, but omits
maintainer field.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Becuase fdt_check_header function takes (const void *)
type argument, the argument should be passed to it
without being casted to (char *).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
In commit 27af930, the top Makefile was adjusted to the new
boards.cfg format.
But at the same time, -d option was added.
If you configure and make separately, for example
like follows:
make omap4_panda_config
make CROSS_COMPILE=<your_compiler_prefix>
it works fine as it did before.
But if you do them in one time like follows:
make omap4_panda CROSS_COMPILE=<your_compiler_prefix>
The log is sprinkled with annoying make debug messages.
This commit deletes -d option again.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Tested-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
The SPDX License List version 1.19 now contains an official entry for
the IBM-pibs license. However, instead of our suggestion "ibm-pibs",
the SPDX License List uses "IBM-pibs", with the following rationale:
"The reason being that all other SPDX License List short identifiers
tend towards using capital letters unless spelling a word. I'd prefer
to be consistent to this end".
Change the license IDs to use the official name.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Fix various misspellings of things like "environment", "kernel",
"default" and "volatile", and throw in a couple grammar fixes.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
the gpt_pte wasn't being freed if it was checked against an invalid
partition. The resulting memory leakage could make it impossible
to repeatedly attempt to load non-existent files in a script.
Also, downgrade the message for not finding an invalid partition
from a printf() to a debug() so as to minimize message spam in
perfectly normal situations.
Signed-off-by: Mark Langsdorf <mark.langsdorf@calxeda.com>
Netconsole calls eth_halt() before giving control to another operating
system.
But the state machine of netconsole don't take it into account.
Thus, netconsole calls network functions of an halted network device,
making the whole system freeze.
Rather than modifying the state machine of netconsole, we just unregister
the current network device before booting. It does work because
nc_send_packet() verifies that the current network device is not null.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
A plain bootm used to call the architecture specific boot function with
no flags, but was modified by commit 35fc84fa "Refactor the bootm
command to reduce code duplication" to call the architecture specific
boot function multiple times with various flags in sequence. The
BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE flag was not used, indeed it seems that at least
ARM prepares the command line on BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP. However on MIPS
since commit 59e8cbdb "MIPS: bootm: refactor initialisation of kernel
cmdline" the command line is not prepared in response to a
BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP flag, only on BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE or a call with
no flags. The end result is that a combination of those 2 commits leads
to MIPS boards booting kernels with no command line arguments.
An extra invocation of the architecture specific boot function with
BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Since UBIFS is enabled for cpux9k2, more malloc space is needed.
For the current uboot 2013.10-rcX the size is to small, this will fix the
startup problems by increasing the malloc space to 4MiB.
Signed-off-by: Jens Scharsig (BuS Elektronik) <esw@bus-elektronik.de>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Because commit 5dc5f36 removed B2 board support,
arch/arm/cpu/s3c44b0/* and arch/arm/include/asm/arch-s3c44b0/*
are not necessary anymore.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Andrea Scian <andrea.scian@dave-tech.it>
When CONFIG_MMC_SPI is not enabled, the MMC_MODE_SPI capability can
never be set. However there is code in mmc.c which uses the
mmc_host_is_spi macro to check that capability & act accordingly. If we
expand that macro to 0 when CONFIG_MMC_SPI is not set (since it will
always be 0 at runtime anyway) then the compiler can optimize away the
SPI-specific code paths in mmc.c.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
If we don't have CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT defined then stdio
& *printf functions are unavailable & calling them will cause a link
failure.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
If we don't have CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT defined then stdio
functions are unavailable & calling them will cause a link failure.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
ARM is the only architecture which includes this header and nothing in
spl_mmc.c makes use of it. Remove the include.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Enable 8-bit host capability for HSMMC2 and/or HSMMC3. CONFIG_HSMMC2_8BIT
(for OMAP4/5/DRA7xx) and/or CONFIG_HSMMC3_8BIT (for DRA7xx only) must be
defined in the board header if an 8-bit eMMC device is connected to the
corresponding port.
Fix the "No status update" error that appeared for eMMC devices by
inserting a 20 us delay between writing arguments and command. This
solution has been proposed by Michael Cashwell <mboards@prograde.net>.
A minor cosmetic fix in a comment as well.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
"mmc_send_cmd: timeout: No status update" error sometimes happens in
omap_hsmmc driver func mmc_send_cmd() when the MMC controller card
identification and selection sequence is executed for eMMC on OMAP4
boards.
It happens due to incorrect execution of CMD line reset procedure
for OMAP4. Because CMD(DAT) lines reset procedures are slightly
different for OMAP3 and OMAP4(AM335x,OMAP5,DRA7xx).
According to OMAP3 TRM:
Set SRC(SRD) bit in MMCHS_SYSCTL register to 0x1 and wait until
it returns to 0x0.
According to OMAP4(AM335x,OMAP5,DRA7xx) TRMs, CMD(DATA) lines reset
procedure steps must be as follows:
1. Initiate CMD(DAT) line reset by writing 0x1 to SRC(SRD) bit in
MMCHS_SYSCTL register (SD_SYSCTL for AM335x).
2. Poll the SRC(SRD) bit until it is set to 0x1.
3. Wait until the SRC(SRD) bit returns to 0x0
(reset procedure is completed).
Unfortunately, at present omap_hsmmc driver has support only for
OMAP3. And as result step #2 is missing for OMAP4(AM335x,OMAP5,DRA7xx).
This sometimes leads to the fact that the waiting loop which is
required in step #3 does not executed, because SRC bit does not set
yet (at the moment of checking a condition of a loop execution).
And as a result this can cause to timeout error when sending a
next command.
In the particular case (working with eMMC witch do not respond to
some SD specific command) due to incorrect reset sequence after
command SD_CMD_SEND_IF_COND which finished with CTO flag within
64 clock cycles, the next command MMC_CMD_APP_CMD leads to a
timeout error within 1s.
So, extend CMD(DATA) lines reset procedure in func
mmc_reset_controller_fsm() by adding the missing step #2 for
OMAP4+/AM335x boards.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Tyshchenko <oleksandr.tyshchenko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Even though the MMU/D-cache is off, some DMA engines still
expect strict address alignment.
For example, the incoming Faraday FTMAC110 & FTGMAC100 ethernet
controllers expect the tx/rx descriptors should always be aligned
to 16-bytes boundary.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Because the stack pointer is already set in arch/arm/lib/crt0.S,
we do not need to set it in arch/arm/lib/spl.c.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
After further testing, this patch has two problems. First,
examples/standalone/Makefile was already inherting PLATFORM_LIBS from
the top-level Makefile so this lead to duplicating the private libgcc.
Second, currently the private libgcc has a reference to 'hang' that is
not being fulfilled.
This reverts commit 4412db4646.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Put all informations about targets, including state (active or
orphan) and maintainers, in boards.cfg; remove MAINTAINERS;
adjust the build system accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
On a board with an i.mx28 and a Micron MT29F4G08ABAEAH4, Linux says:
NAND device: Manufacturer ID: 0x2c, Chip ID: 0xdc (Micron MT29F4G08ABAEAH4),
512MiB, page size: 4096, OOB size: 224) the ECC strength is 16.
root@(none):/sys/devices/virtual/mtd/mtd0# for i in ecc_strength oobsize subpagesize; do echo $i = `cat $i`; done
ecc_strength = 16
oobsize = 224
subpagesize = 4096
The ECC strength was not properly discovered by U-Boot causing the data
written by Linux to return an -74 (EBADMSG) when read from U-Boot. This
patch fixes mxs_nand_get_ecc_strength() to function in case of a NAND
flash with page_data_size = 4096 and page_oob_size= 224.
Signed-off-by: Elie De Brauwer <eliedebrauwer@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
This change allow to use sd card on Goni the same like mmc 0.
SD card is mmc dev 1, so it can be used like this: "fatls mmc 1:2".
SD card is inited even if eMMC initialization fails.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
On s5pc1xx mmc devices offset is multiply of 0x100000,
wrong value was 0x10000. Register offset always points
to mmc 0 before this change.
Add macro definition of mmc dev register offset to s5pc1xx and
exynos mmc.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung at samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
As per new convention ARCH_CPU_DTS is not defined in "dtc/Makefile".
Hence Arndale comilation is failing. Fix this by adding proper include
file in "board/samsung/dts/exynos5250-arndale.dts".
Signed-off-by: Chander Kashyap <chander.kashyap@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In a very rare condition, a system hang is possible when the e500 core
initiates a guarded load to PCI / PCIe /SRIO performs a coherent write
to memory. Please refer to errata document for more details. This erratum
applies to the following SoCs and their variants, if any.
BSC9132
BSC9131
MPC8536
MPC8544
MPC8548
MPC8569
MPC8572
P1010
P1020
P1021
P1022
P1023
P2020
C29x
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
CC: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Add STMP3780-based Sansa Fuze+ board. This board is a small PMP
device sporting a CPU which was later rebranded to i.MX233 .
Currently supported is USB gadget mode and MMC .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add STMP3780-based XFi3 board. This board is a small PMP device
sporting a CPU which was later rebranded to i.MX233 . Currently
supported is USB gadget mode and both external SD and internal
Phison SD-NAND bridge .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
mx6sabresd boards can be connected to a Hannstar XGA LVDS panel.
Add support for displaying U-boot splashscreen on it.
By default, HDMI splash is selected.
In order to use splash via LVDS, do the following in the U-boot prompt:
setenv panel Hannstar-XGA
save
and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Make sure value in register r0 and r1 is preserved and passed to
the board_init_ll() and mxs_common_spl_init() where it can be
processed further. The value in r0 can be configured during the
BootStream generation to arbitary value, r1 contains pointer to
return value from CALL'd function.
This patch also clears the value in r0 before returning to BootROM
to make sure the BootROM is not confused by this value.
Finally, this patch cleans up some comments in the start.S file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This patch adds documentation for the functions used during the
initialization of MXS power block.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This is porting of Freescale's patch from version imx_v2009.08_3.0.35_4.0.0,
that fixes the obvious mistype of bits offset macro name (ACLK_EMI_PODF_OFFSET
was used instead of ACLK_EMI_SLOW_PODF_OFFSET).
Using the occasion, change the variable name 'emi_slow_pof' to more consistent
'emi_slow_podf'.
Signed-off-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
The source clock frequency of I2C bus on p1022 is the platform(CCB)
clock, not CCB/2. The wrong source clock frequency leads to wrong
I2C bus speed setting. so, fixed it.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
- Added section "u_boot_list" in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/u-boot-spl.lds
- Use the function i2c_init_all instead of i2c_init
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
LCD4 needs a slightly different GPIO configuration than the
original LWMON5 variant. GPIO49 needs to be configured to a
default output value of 0 (permanent voltage supply).
Additionally lcd4 also needs to enable the LSB transmitter.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For most boards which define CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO,
it is defined in config header files.
Currently, there exists only one exception, cam_enc_4xx board.
This patch moves CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO definition
from board/ait/cam_enc_4xx/config.mk
to include/configs/cam_enc_4xx.h.
With this modification, we can delete a glue code
in the top level config.mk:
ifneq ($(CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO),)
CPPFLAGS += -DCONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO=$(CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO)
endif
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Currently no makefiles (board-specific config.mk)
set the following variables:
CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
CONFIG_UBOOT_PAD_TO
CONFIG_RESET_VECTOR_ADDRESS
CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
For all target boards using above macros
they are set in header files (include/configs/*.h),
so we do not need to set them as CPPFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Use of uImage formatted u-boot have long been preferred, and recent
changes to better support Falcon mode on MMC now enforces it on MMC.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Nordstrom <henrik@henriknordstrom.net>
libata already has similar functions as implemented in the ahci code.
Refactor the code to use the libata variants and remove the dependency on
ata.h. Convert some defines to use the version from libata.h. Also, remove
some unnecessary memset's of bss data.
This is a step toward hopefully merging ahci.c and dw_ahsata.c which are
essentially the same driver.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Based on Linux libata code, most drives are less than 10 sec, but some
need up to 20 sec.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Some Intel SSDs can send a COMINIT after the initial COMRESET. This causes
the link to go down and we need to re-initialize the link.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Move the link bring-up handling to a separate weak function in order to
allow platforms to override it. This is needed on highbank platform which
needs special phy handling.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
gcc 4.7 will generate unaligned accesses to local char arrays, so make
them static to avoid that.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The AHCI driver was incorrectly using the Capabilities register NP (number
of ports) field to determine which ports to activate. This commit changes
it to correctly use the PORTS_IMPL register as a port map.
Signed-off-by: Richard Gibbs <richard.gibbs@calxeda.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add support for defining the gcc lib in standalone examples as is
done in the main u-boot Makefile
Signed-off-by: Jack Mitchell <jack.mitchell@dbbroadcast.co.uk>
In the set_cluster() function, it will convert the buffer size to sector
numbers. Then call disk_write() to write by sector.
For remaining buffer, the size is less than a sector, call disk_write()
again to write them in one sector.
But if the total buffer size is less then one sector, the original code
will call disk_write() with zero sector number. It is unnecessary.
So this patch fix this. Now it will not call disk_write() if total buffer size
is less than one sector.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
gcc allows extensions to be non compiler specific by defining
__* macros for the attributes supported by gcc. Having a
different definition causes many warnings during the build
(cdefs.h on FreeBSD uses __attribute((__pure__)) where u-boot
uses __attribute__((pure)) for example). Do not redefine
these macros to suppress these warnings.
This patch ignores the checkpatch warning:
WARNING: __packed is preferred over __attribute__((packed))
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Somewhere along the line of refactoring the am335x header files, the
kernel image load was lost, so put it back in.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
The commit 1a4596601f
Add GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier to source files
generated a warning due to a missing comment terminator.
longlong.h:7:1: warning: "/*" within comment
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Remove ARM eabi exception handling tables (for frame unwinding).
AFAICT, u-boot stubs away the frame unwiding routines, so the tables will
more or less just consume space. It should be OK to remove them.
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The PMECC use BCH algorithm to correct error. In BCH algorithm, the
primitive polynomial value is GF(2^13) for 512-bytes sector size. And it is
GF(2^14) for 1024-bytes sector size.
This patch will choose correct degree of the remainders (13 or 14) for
different sector size.
Tested in AT91SAM9X5-EK with MLC nand flash.
More detail can be refered to section 5.4.1 of:
AT91SAM ARM-based Embedded MPU Application Note
<http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc11127.pdf>
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
While nothing presently examines the destination size, it should at
least be correct so that future users of sys_mapmem() will not be
surprised. Without this, it might be possible to overflow memory.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This checks the size of the output buffer and fails if it was going to
overflow the buffer during lzo decompression.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The output buffer size must be correctly passed to the lzma decoder or
there is a risk of overflowing memory during decompression. Switching
to the LZMA_FINISH_END mode means nothing is left in an unknown state
once the buffer becomes full.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The output buffer size must not be reset by the gzip decoder or there
is a risk of overflowing memory during decompression.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds the missing compression config items to the README.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds the "test_compression" command when building the sandbox. This
tests the existing compression and decompression routines for simple
sanity and for buffer overflow conditions.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct the following warnings found with sandbox when compression
is enabled.
cmd_bootm.c: In function 'bootm_load_os':
cmd_bootm.c:443:11: warning: passing argument 4 of 'lzop_decompress' from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
/usr/local/google/c/cosarm/src/third_party/u-boot/files/include/linux/lzo.h:31:5: note: expected 'size_t *' but argument is of type 'uint *'
cmd_ximg.c: In function 'do_imgextract':
cmd_ximg.c:225:6: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
cmd_ximg.c:225:14: warning: 'hdr' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
This clock isn't feeding anything under U-Boot, so there's no
point in changing it from power-on default.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Some _CLKGATE_MASK and _FRAC_MASK macros were wrong for PFD_480
and the PFD_528 macros were missing.
Fortunately, the incorrect macros weren't being used.
Since both the PFD_480 and PFD_528 registers have the same
structure, and the fields are identical for [0..3] in bytes
[0..3], so a single set of macros will suffice.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
The AUTO_RESTART flag of HW_RTC_PERSISTENT0 register will
power up the chip automatically 180ms after power down.
This bit must be enabled by the boot loader to ensure the
target can start upon hardware reset or watchdog reset
even when powered from a battery.
Currently the function named 'mxs_power_clear_auto_restart()'
is setting this flag although the 'clear' in its name suggest
the opposite.
This patch renames the function to 'mxs_power_set_auto_restart()'
and removes the comment about EVK revision A which was confusing
because the function indeed was setting the flag.
Signed-off-by: Hector Palacios <hector.palacios@digi.com>
Fix the lists of files so they are in order again.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add mkimage support for generating and verifying MXS bootstream.
The implementation here is mostly a glue code between MXSSB v0.4
and mkimage, but the long-term goal is to rectify this and merge
MXSSB with mkimage more tightly. Once this code is properly in
U-Boot, MXSSB shall be deprecated in favor of mkimage-mxsimage
support.
Note that the mxsimage generator needs libcrypto from OpenSSL, I
therefore enabled the libcrypto/libssl unconditionally.
MXSSB: http://git.denx.de/?p=mxssb.git;a=summary
The code is based on research presented at:
http://www.rockbox.org/wiki/SbFileFormat
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Add functions to report the HAB (High Assurance Boot) status
of e.g. i.MX6 CPUs.
This is taken from
git://git.freescale.com/imx/uboot-imx.git branch imx_v2009.08_3.0.35_4.0.0
cpu/arm_cortexa8/mx6/generic.c
include/asm-arm/arch-mx6/mx6_secure.h
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for setting the CSF (Command Sequence File) pointer
which is used for HAB (High Assurance Boot) in the imximage by
adding e.g.
CSF 0x2000
in the imximage.cfg file.
This will set the CSF pointer accordingly just after the padded
data image area. The boot_data.length is adjusted with the
value from the imximage.cfg config file.
The resulting u-boot.imx can be signed with the FSL HAB tooling.
The generated CSF block needs to be appended to the u-boot.imx.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Implement function vrec_header to be able to pad the final
data image file according the what has been calculated for
boot_data.length.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Use previously unused return value of function vrec_header
to return a padding size to generic mkimage. This padding
size is used in copy_files to pad with zeros after copying
the data image.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This better reflects the naming from the Reference Manual
as well as fits better since "flash" is not really applicabe
for SATA.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
As this is a reference platform, update the README to note which IP
blocks are required for use due to design choices of the reference
rather than required by the SoC itself.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Re-group the general options to note things that can be removed safely
to reduce binary size when not required, and expand the comment about
what commands we do include to note it could be replaced with a specific
list of required one. While at it, move the CMD parts of various
blocks IP to the end of the list for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
After examining both TRMs and doing some experimentation, we can rely on
using the start of the download area for CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE and then
move SRAM_SCRATCH_SPACE_ADDR up, just like am335x. This is required for
peripheral boot modes such as UART.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We only need this library when we're doing "disk" access to MMC/SD.
Update comment around the rest of CONFIG_SPL_LIB* to note that the
others are always required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We had been allowing the max size to be larger than actually allowed by
the ROM. Expand the commentary here to explain why we set these
locations.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Now that IGEP base boards default environment use
the bootz command to boot a zImage instead of a
uImage, it makes sense to add support to supply a
raw initrd image to the kernel if needed.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
Fix size calculation in copy of go_to_speed into SRAM.
Use SRAM_CLK_CODE in call to SRAM-based go_to_speed.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
OMAP4470 SDP SoM has EDB8164B3PF PoP memory on board.
This memory has 4Gb x 2CS = 8Gb configuration.
Add configuration for runtime calculation and precalculated cases.
Patch is based on a draft Lubomir's patch [1].
[1] http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2013-April/150851.html
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
[taras@ti.com: cleaned up patch and fixed precalculated values]
Signed-off-by: Taras Kondratiuk <taras@ti.com>
OMAP4470 reference design uses TWL6032 PMIC
with a following connection scheme:
VDD_CORE = TWL6032 SMPS2
VDD_MPU = TWL6032 SMPS1
VDD_IVA = TWL6032 SMPS5
Set voltage and frequency values according to
OMAP4470 Data Manual Operating Condition Addendum v0.7
Signed-off-by: Taras Kondratiuk <taras@ti.com>
Use CONFIG_MACH_TYPE generic macro to set the machine type
number in the common arm code instead of setting it in the
board code.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Tyshchenko <oleksandr.tyshchenko@ti.com>
Since config.mk is deprecated, remove this file,
and move CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE define to config file.
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Since config.mk is deprecated, remove this file,
and move CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE define to config file.
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
With the new include structure for TI platforms, we need to not define
our own CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT and also need to include
<configs/omap5_common.h> much sooner, so do both of these. Also drop
the unused CONFIG_NET_MULTI
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Since "sf update" erases the last block as a whole, but only rewrites
the meaningful initial part of it, the rest would be left erased,
potentially erasing meaningful information.
So, as a safety measure, have it rewrite the original content.
Signed-off-by: Gerlando Falauto <gerlando.falauto@keymile.com>
Cc: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
i2c dev command does not work anymore for legacy drivers
because a check is executed that is valid only
in the new framework.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
TFTP booting is slow when a USB keyboard is installed and
stdin has usbkbd added.
This fix is to change Ctrl-C polling for USB keyboard to every second
when NET transfer is running.
My previous patch is expected to be put into usb_kbd_testc(). But it went
into usb_kbd_getc() after applied.
This patch is to put change in correct place.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
TFTP booting is slow when a USB keyboard is installed and
stdin has usbkbd added.
This fix is to change Ctrl-C polling for USB keyboard to every second
when NET transfer is running.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
Currently we have the following behavior in ehci_hcd_init()
- Read csmr1 register, clear bit 26 and then set bit 26.
However a little bit later we call set_usb_phy_clk() which clears bit 26, so
let's get rid of the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The manufacturer and product IDs are dynamically assigned when gadget is
bind.
Now the IDs aren't assigned at struct g_dnl_string_defs definition.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: "Egli, Samuel" <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
USB composite gadget (g_dnl) supports only one configuration. Due to that
the corresponding field - bConfigurationValue has been changed.
Moreover more descriptive names were chosen for relevant fields.
Windows XP setup:
- Thesyscon USB Descriptor Dumper
- zadig_xp program for WinUSB installation (which is required by dfu-util)
- dfu-util for windows (version 0.6)
- TRATS target connected via USB hub to test Win XP machine.
Tested at: Trats - Exynos4210
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: "Egli, Samuel" <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
The existing USB configuration parsing code relies on the descriptors'
own length values when reading through the configuration blob. Since the
size of those descriptors is always well-defined, we should rather use
the known sizes instead of trusting device-provided values to be
correct. Also adds some safety to potential out-of-order descriptors.
Change-Id: I16f69dfdd6793aa0fe930b5148d4521f3e5c3090
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Add a __weak function that can be overridden to reset devices
attached to an ehci devices after the FEAT_POWER has been submitted
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Set the usbethaddr based on the OMAP DIE_ID registers
which should be unique for each processor.
Then set this as the usb ethernet MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Add the USB ehci support for the OMAP5 uEVM.
Configure the uEVM mux data
Add the flags to build the appropriate modules
Add the usb call backs to initialize the EHCI controller
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Fix the linker error for missing ulpi_reset when ulpi is not defined
in the board config.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Without this patch, when the currently chosen environment to be written
has bad blocks, saveenv fails completely. Instead, when there is
redundant environment fall back to the other copy. Environment reading
needs no adjustment, as the fallback logic for incomplete writes applies
to this case as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil.sutter@viprinet.com>
When executing nand scrub, the user gets the prompt:
Really scrub this NAND flash? <y/N>
We do not want the annoying usage displayed when saying N here.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
If a non-zero value is given to only_oob argument,
printing the main area is skipped.
With a little modification, we can skip the whole
while loop.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
fix code to use pointer for pio port as the warning message suggested
remove the warning message
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
remove the config.mk file
move text base define to board config file for following boards
- at91sam9m10g45ek
- at91sam9x5ek
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The CONFIG_MAX_NAND_CHIPS never used, remove it
No where define LCD_TEST_PATTERN, so no need undefine
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
the smc cs related registers start at 0x600 and loop with 5 registers
so the reserved register should be in at91_smc structure while no in
at91_cs structure. So fix it
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
1. if CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION is defined, driver will check NAND flash's
ecc minimum requirement in ONFI parameter.
a) if CONFIG_PMECC_CAP, CONFIG_PMECC_SECTOR_SIZE are defined. then use it.
Driver will display a WARNING if the values are different from ONFI
parameters.
b) if CONFIG_PMECC_CAP, CONFIG_PMECC_SECTOR_SIZE are not defined, then use
the value from ONFI parameters.
* If ONFI ECC parameters are in ONFI extended parameter page, since we
are not support it, so assume the minimum ecc requirement is 2 bits
in 512 bytes.
* For non-ONFI support nand flash, also assume the minimum ecc
requirement is 2 bits in 512 bytes.
2. if CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION is not defined, just use CONFIG_PMECC_CAP
and CONFIG_PMECC_SECTOR_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Since kernel code current use many dev_xxx() instead of using printk. To
compatible, move those dev_xxx from usb driver to linux/compat.h. Then all
driver code can use dev_err, dev_info and dev_vdbg.
This patch also removed duplicated macro definitions in usb driver.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Define the galois index table offset in chip head file. So user do not need
to set by himself. Driver will set it correctly according to sector_size.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
[rebased on master]
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
as the at91sam9n12 and at91sam9x5 soc support PMECC, when use u-boot
to flash the rootfs, in order to avoid flash one sector with all 0xff
into NAND, so use nand trimffs subcommand to avoid it
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
add gmac support for sama5d3xek board, the gmac embedded in:
- sama5d33, sama5d34, sama5d35
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
fix the following building warning
---8>---
macb.c: In function 'macb_init':
macb.c:400:14: warning: 'phydev' may be used uninitialized in this function
macb.c:377:21: note: 'phydev' was declared here
---<8---
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Without this change, the following message is generated:
Warning: FEC using MAC address from net device
See doc/README.enetaddr for details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Our Linux kernel switches the HDMI connector onto IPU0/DI1,
but the U-Boot display driver only supports IPU0/DI0 for the
time being.
Because of this, a soft re-boot will leave the HDMI output
connected to the wrong display port and prevent video from
being displayed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Multiple read/write transactions initiated by security
engine may cause system to hang.
Workaround: set MCFGR[AXIPIPE] to 0 to avoid hang.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
There was a bug for calculating ddr_freq_mhz,
it should be divided by 1000000 rather than 0x1000000.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Also some fix for QSGMII.
1. fix QSGMII configure of Serdes2.
2. fix PHY address of QSGMII MAC9 & MAC10 for each FMAN.
3. fix dtb for QSGMII interface.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
When using QSGMII protocols, the first lane and third lane on each slot
need to be swapped.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Since the parameters need to be modified according to different Serdes
protocols at runtime, the const will block this. Also remove const from
arrays define used by vsc3316_config.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch cleans up license header in these files:
board/freescale/p1022ds/spl.c
drivers/mmc/fsl_esdhc_spl.c
drivers/mtd/spi/fsl_espi_spl.c
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
85xx, 86xx PowerPC folders have code variables with CamelCase naming conventions.
because of this code checkpatch script generates "WARNING: Avoid CamelCase".
Convert variables name to normal naming convention and modify board, driver
files with updated the new structure.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
TPL is introduced in the patch "NAND: TPL : introduce the TPL
based on the SPL", here enable TPL for p1022ds nand boot.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Due to the nand SPL on some board(e.g. P1022DS)has a size limit, it can
not be more than 4K. So, the SPL cannot initialize the DDR with the SPD
code. This patch introduces TPL to enable a loader stub that is loaded
by the code from the SPL. It initializes the DDR with the SPD or other
operations.
The TPL's size is sizeable, the maximum size is decided by the memory's
size that TPL runs. It initializes the DDR through SPD code, and copys
final uboot image to DDR. So there are three stage uboot images:
* spl_boot, * tpl_boot, * final uboot image
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch introduces SPL to enable a loader stub that being loaded by
the code from the internal on-chip ROM. It loads the final uboot image
into DDR, then jump to it to begin execution.
The SPL's size is sizeable, the maximum size must not exceed the size of L2
SRAM. It initializes the DDR through SPD code, and copys final uboot image
to DDR. So there are two stage uboot images:
* spl_boot, 96KB size. The env variables are copied to L2 SRAM, so that
ddr spd code can get the interleaving mode setting in env. It loads
final uboot image from offset 96KB.
* final uboot image, size is variable depends on the functions enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The code from the internal on-chip ROM. It loads the final uboot image
into DDR, then jump to it to begin execution.
The SPL's size is sizeable, the maximum size must not exceed the size of L2
SRAM. It initializes the DDR through SPD code, and copys final uboot image
to DDR. So there are two stage uboot images:
* spl_boot, 96KB size. The env variables are copied to L2 SRAM, so that
ddr spd code can get the interleaving mode setting in env. It loads
final uboot image from offset 96KB.
* final uboot image, size is variable depends on the functions enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
1. The symbol CONFIG_SPL_NAND_MINIMAL is unused, so deleted it.
2. Some functions were unused in the minimal SPL, but it is useful
in the common SPL. So, enabled some functionality for common SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The functionality env_import will be used in the SPL. They
had been excluded by ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD. Now, put it
into the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
After introduction of unified i2c model, the I2C_SET_BUS() macro is regarded
as obsolete.
Hence it is replaced with i2c_set_bus_num() function call.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
New I2C framework, introduced after v2013.07 final release, imposed I2C
code adjustment for some Samsung boards - namely Trats, GONI and Universal_c210.
Those boards were using schematic based I2C enumeration (I2C_5, I2C_9).
However, new I2C framework imposes usage of logical I2C adapters numbering
(e.g. I2C_0, I2C_1, etc).
Additionally, I2C_GET_* macros were replaced with i2c_*_bus_num() functions.
Trats board gained definition of second soft I2C adapter.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The I2C_MULTI_BUS needs to be defined for correct I2C operation with
many software emulated I2C controllers.
This fix restores correct value of the I2C_MULTI_BUS changed by following
commit:
SHA1: 385c9ef5a7
i2c: add i2c_core and prepare for new multibus support
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This workaround is for the erratum I2C A004447. Device reference
manual provides a scheme that allows the I2C master controller
to generate nine SCL pulses, which enable an I2C slave device
that held SDA low to release SDA. However, due to this erratum,
this scheme no longer works. In addition, when I2C is used as
a source of the PBL, the state machine is not able to recover.
At the same time, delete the reduplicative definition of SVR_VER
and SVR_REV. The SVR_REV is the low 8 bits rather than the low 16
bits of svr. And we use the CONFIG_SYS_FSL_A004447_SVR_REV macro
instead of hard-code value 0x10, 0x11 and 0x20.
The CONFIG_SYS_FSL_A004447_SVR_REV = 0x00 represents that one
version of platform has this I2C errata. So enable this errata
by IS_SVR_REV(svr, maj, min) function.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Chenhui <chenhui.zhao@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunhe Lan <Chunhe.Lan@freescale.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Disabling the data cache is no longer required to boot Dalmore, so
enable it. This results in notably better performance when loading
and booting the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Currently all Tegra SoCs are assumed to have 32 byte cache lines. This
isn't true for Tegra114, however, which uses 4 Cortex-A15 cores and
therefore uses a cache line size of 64 bytes. Move the cache line size
setting to the per-SoC common configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
SPL defines CONFIG_SPL_BUILD but this does not percolate to the
autoconf.mk Makefile. As a result the build breaks when
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is used in the board-specific include header file. With
this, there is a possibility of having a CONFIG option defined in the
header file but not defined in the Makefile causing all kinds of build
failure and problems.
It also messes things for up, for example, when one might want to
undefine options to keep the SPL small and doesn't want to be stuck with
the CONFIG options used for U-boot. Lastly, this also avoids defining
special CONFIG_SPL_ variables for cases where some options are required
in U-boot but not in SPL.
We add a spl-autoconf.mk rule that is generated for SPL with the
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD flag and conditionally include it for SPL builds.
Signed-off-by: Joel Fernandes <joelf@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
The file header indicated that this file was GPL-2.0+, but actually
the code was derived from (Marvell based) Linux source code which is
only GPL-2.0. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Matthias Fuchs <matthias.fuchs@esd-electronics.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This commit adapts the files that were derived from PIBS (PowerPC
Initialization and Boot Software) codeto using SPDX License
Identifiers.
So far, SPDX has not assigned an official License ID for the PIBS
license yet, so this should be considered preliminary.
Note that the following files contained incorrect license information:
arch/powerpc/cpu/ppc4xx/4xx_uart.c
arch/powerpc/cpu/ppc4xx/start.S
arch/powerpc/include/asm/ppc440.h
These files included, in addition to the GPL-2.0 / ibm-pibs dual
license as inherited from PIBS, a GPL-2.0+ license header which was
obviously incorrect. This has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Conflicts:
Licenses/README
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Unlike the other patches in this series so far, this commit fixes a
ambiguity in the license terms for some OMAP files: the code was
originally derived from the Linux kernel sources, where it was clearly
marked as GPL-2.0 (i. e. without the "or later" part), but the U-Boot
version had a GPL-2.0+ file header added, apparently without
permission / relicensing from the original authors of the code.
Insert a GPL-2.0 SPDX-License-Identifier to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
cc: Tom Rix <Tom.Rix@windriver.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
1. Reformat tx/rx descriptor as an uniform struct.
2. Replace uint32_t[2] with uint64_t for descriptor control.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@gmail.com>
The __* keywords are reserved. On FreeBSD __unused evaluates
to the attribute unused, causing a compilation failure.
Just use unused instead.
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
cc: joe.hershberger@gmail.com
This patch adds support for Realtek PHY modules RTL8211DN and
RTL8211E (variants: RTL8211E-VB-CG, RTL8211E-VL-CG, RTL8211EG-VB-CG),
which can be found on Freescale's T1040RDB boards.
To make the driver more generic across 8211 family, a generic name 8211x
is added for macros and function names.
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhupesh.sharma@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch adds support for the SMSC9500 with product id 0x9900 which is
equipped in the "EXSYS USB 2.0" etherner USB adapter.
Tested on omap3_beagle.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Up to this point some PHY initialization was done from the FPGA
and some from u-boot.
From now all initialization is done from u-boot.
To keep this maintainable a PHY setup machine was implemented that can
execute commands from initialization arrays.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a new iocon flavor with a second communiction port per channel.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a new iocon flavor with fiber instead of copper connectivity.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fixup an easy conflict over adding the clk_get prototype and USB_OTG
defines for am33xx having moved.
Conflicts:
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-am33xx/hardware.h
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit 669dfc2e adds libfdt_env.h to HOSTCPPFLAGS. It causes stdio.h
to be included before _GNU_SOURCE is defined in C files. On some old hosts
some prototypes are protected by #ifdef __USE_GNU, which is set when
_GNU_SOURCE is defined.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The timestamp is shown in fit_print_contents() but for some reason not
in fit_image_print(). This seems to be an oversight, since it is the latter
which is used by bootm.
Add timestamp printing in this case.
(There is code duplication in these two function, for looking at in a future
patch).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is only defined if CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is set and
CONFIG_SILENT_U_BOOT_ONLY is not set, the call to it should be based
on the same conditions.
Signed-off-by: Paul B. Henson <henson@acm.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the console for linux is silent if the U-Boot console is silent,
unless CONFIG_SILENT_U_BOOT_ONLY is set. I wonder if a better way would be
to have an environment variable to control this? Then we can control the
verbosity from scripts, and set the variable to 'no' for those boards that
want Linux to boot with console output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If image name is longer than 32 bytes, then it will be truncated.
This will remove '\0' at the end of the line, so printf will
go out of string limit.
Signed-off-by: Taras Kondratiuk <taras@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <atenart@adeneo-embedded.com>
[trini: Change to SPDX, fix a few compiler warnings, adapt to
CONFIG_OMAP_COMMON]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <atenart@adeneo-embedded.com>
[trini: Fix warnings about vtp things in emif4.c, adapt AM43XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Rename some CONFIG_TI814X to a more generic CONFIG_TI81XX
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <atenart@adeneo-embedded.com>
[trini: Adapt for CONFIG_OMAP_COMMON changes, AM43XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
in arch_cpu_init() uart2 is fix enabled, without reference the
setting from CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_COM1. Use the setting from
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_COM1 for enabling the console.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Tom Rini <tom.rini@gmail.com>
Cc: Christian Riesch <christian.riesch@omicron.at>
In case CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE is not defined, call from bootstage_mark_name()
show_boot_progress(), so get more BOOTSTAGE_ID* ids in show_boot_progress()
if CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update omap5_common.h to use ti_armv7_common.h, and in turn update
dra7xx_evm.h and omap5_uevm.h slightly. The biggest changes here are
that IP blocks which exist on the platform, and had clocks enabled,
now have the drivers being built as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We create two new files, include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h for all of
the common IP blocks and related features / commands we share in
virtually all of our platforms. We then create
include/configs/ti_am335x_common.h for everything common to the am335x
SoC leaving just the board specific parts to
include/configs/ti_am335x_common.h.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
With device trees, boards do not always set CONFIG_MACH_TYPE now, so we
must not rely on this define being set. The kernel uses ~0 to see if we
have a valid machine number or not, so set that as the default, invalid
machine, id and only fix if CONFIG_MACH_TYPE is set.
Acked-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We defined PHYS_DRAM_1 to 0x80000000 (start of DRAM) and then used this
for CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE. But then we kept on referencing PHYS_DRAM_1
in other places. Change to directly setting CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_BASE and
then using that name in code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
IGEP boards now have Device Tree support in the mainline
kernel. To boot an IGEP board using a DT, a uEnv.txt plain
text file could be used to define a custom uenvcmd that will
be run by the default boot command.
It is more convenient to change the default boot command to
allow loading a FDT if it is stored in the boot dir of the
rootfs uSD/MMC partition.
If no FDT is found then the defaul command tries to boot a
zImage without a DT using legacy boot.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
Able to load the kernel from some form of ext[234] or FAT. Also, with v3.9 and
later of the Linux Kernel, uImage isn't builtable anymore by default, so we
should switch to use the bootz command.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Commit "OMAP5: emif/ddr: Change emif settings as required for ES1.0 silicon"
(f40107345c)
changed sequence to set final DDR PHY config register value at the beginning.
Looks like it was made by mistake and should be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Taras Kondratiuk <taras@ti.com>
In chapter 'Advisory 2.1 USB Host Clock Drift Causes USB Spec Non-compliance in Certain Configurations' of the TI Errata it is recommended to use certain div/mult values for the DPLL5 clock setup.
So far u-boot used the old 34xx values, so I added the errata recommended values specificly for 36xx init only.
Also, the FSEL registers exist no longer, so removed them from init.
Tested this on a AM3703 board with 19.2MHz oscillator, which previously couldnt lock the dpll5 (kernel complained). As a consequence the EHCI USB port wasnt usable in U-Boot and kernel. With this patch, kernel panics disappear and USB working fine in u-boot and kernel.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Naumann <anaumann@ultratronik.de>
[trini: Add extern to <asm/arch-omap3/clock.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Gumstix uses 200Mhz RAM on revision 1, 2 & 3 COMs, so use 200MHz
timings rather than 165MHz. Based on 6cf8bf44b1f8550e12f7f2a16e01890e5de8443d
Signed-off-by: Ash Charles <ashcharles@gmail.com>
As config was originally based on am335x_evm.h we have also some
duplicate / unnused #defines.
Commit 15191c91 removed these #defines on various AM335x boards but not
for IGEP COM AQUILA. This patch simply removes them for this board.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Add to the default environment the possibily to boot from NAND using
a ubi rootfs. Also the partition scheme is set as follows:
Start Size
SPL : 0x00000000 0x00080000 (512KiB)
U-Boot : 0x00080000 0x00100000 (1MiB)
U-Boot Env : 0x00180000 0x00020000 (128KiB)
File System : 0x001C0000 -
The ubiboot script gets the kernel and the dtb file from the boot directory
of the File System.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
We will not use CYGNUS names for any IGEP COM based on AM335x processor,
so, to avoid confusion, remove from headers.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Now, the default kernel to boot the IGEP COM AQUILA is device tree based. As
old kernel is deprecated we should adapt the boot commands to use DTB files.
Also, with v3.9 and later of the Linux Kernel, uImage isn't builtable anymore
by default, so we should switch to use the bootz command.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
After commit:
79cd2f814b config_cmd_default.h: Remove CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST
It's not necessary to undef the CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST, so we can remove it from
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Adding a new CONFIG_OMAP_COMMON which is included by all boards
that needs to build cpu/armv7/omap-common folder.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
There are many musb prints in SPL and U-Boot log.
These prints are required only during musb debug.
So replacing printk with pr_debug in musb_core.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
s_init has the same outline for all the AM33xx based
board. So making it generic.
This also helps in addition of new Soc with minimal changes.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cleaning up the clocks layer.
This helps in addition of new Soc with minimal
changes.
This is derived from OMAP4 boards.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Locking sequence for all the dplls is same.
In the current code same sequence is done repeatedly
for each dpll. Instead have a generic function
for locking dplls and pass dpll data to that function.
This is derived from OMAP4 boards.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Remove getting values of usb mode and phy_type from "usb_dr_mode"
and "usb_phy_type" uboot env variables. Now, these are determined
only from hwconfig string
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
fsl_usb.h file created to share data bewteen usb platform code
and usb ip driver. Internal phy structure definitions moved to
this file
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
It is not necessary for all processor to have serdes block 1 & 2.
They may have only one serdes block.
So, put serdes block 1 & 2 related code under defines
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Tegra recently moved to the new I2C framework, which sets up I2C prior to
relocation, and prior to calling i2c_init_board(). This causes a crash on
Tegra boards.
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Qemu specific bootm implementation was intended for a special
Qemu target in Linux kernel. But this target has been dropped in
v2.6.25-rc1 by commit 302922e5f6901eb6f29c58539631f71b3d9746b8
Author: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Date: Tue Jan 29 10:15:02 2008 +0000
[MIPS] Qemu: Remove platform.
The Qemu platform was originally implemented to have an easily supportable
platform until Qemu reaches a state where it emulates a real world system.
Since the latest release Qemu is capable of emulating the MIPSsim and
Malta platforms, so this goal has been reached. The Qemu plaform is also
rather underfeatured so less useful than a Malta emulation.
Thus the special bootm implementation is obsolete by now and can be
dropped. The Qemu support in U-Boot is going to be replaced by MIPS Malta
board support.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
All linux kernels after v2.6 require a page-aligned location of
an external init ramdisk. Enable CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH to
support this with the generic U-Boot relocation code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Move initialisation of Linux command line to separate functions.
Also add support for bootm subcommand 'cmdline'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Fix signature of kernel entry function. Mark the kernel entry
with __noreturn for better code optimisation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Register arm_dcc with drivers/serial/serial.c
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Removed stdio structure ops support on arm_dcc
driver, and need to register with serial core
so-that it can access like remianing serial drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Fix the license header introduced by the following patches
Add TWR-P10xx board support
Add T4240EMU target
IDT8T49N222A configuration code
Add C29x SoC support
Add support for C29XPCIE board
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Without this change EDID_DETAILED_TIMING_VSYNC_OFFSET
and EDID_DETAILED_TIMING_VSYNC_PULSE_WIDTH macros can
not be used (compile error).
The fix is quite trivial: rename struct member to the
expected name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This patch have changed mipi dsi write functions' parameters correctly
so that type cast operations were removed. And mipi dsi payload is
composed with array of panel commands to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Donghwa Lee <dh09.lee@samsung.com>
This font is based on Linux drivers/video/console/font_mini_4x6.c as of commit:
commit bcfbeecea11c15e243f076d37d637c2598aff4fe
Author: Bjarni Ingi Gislason <bjarniig@rhi.hi.is>
Date: Sun Aug 12 15:05:10 2012 +0000
drivers: console: font_: Change a glyph from "broken bar" to "vertical line"
I removed these lines as they are useless in U-Boot:
#include <linux/font.h>
#define FONTDATAMAX 1536
Whole "const struct font_desc font_mini_4x6" block
This patch also adds a new configuration option to select this smaller font,
CONFIG_VIDEO_FONT_4X6 , but this is disabled by default. The default setting
is the regular "large" font.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This patch moves all the font configuration values into video_font_data.h
so they are all in the right place with the font. The video_font.h now only
includes video_font_data.h and will allow us to select and include different
font once more fonts are added.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
[agust: fixed build warning for mcc200]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This patch changes some features of the a3m071/a4m2k board support:
- Add bootcounter support
- Update MTD env default to correct values
- Add mtdparts to bootargs for mtd partitioning via kernel cmdline
- Added some default env variables for easy updating (kernel, dtb)
- Change README to the updated flash locations
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Zynq can have axi ethernet and emaclite IPs in programmable
logic.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
If you don't wait you will loose the first sent packet
even all bits in emacps are correctly setup.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
The first 1MB is not initialized by first stage bootloader.
Check if memory is setup to 16bit mode and ECC is enabled.
If it is, clear the first 1MB.
Also u-boot should report only the half size of memory.
Acked-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Some versions of the Zynq first stage boot loader enable PCAP loopback
during boot regardless of whether or not the boot image includes PL
configuration. This behavior only appears in certain boot modes (notably
QSPI boot). Attempting to configure the PL with the loopback bit set
will result in timeouts and will prevent successful configuration.
In order to avoid this problem, and to avoid dependency on the version
of the FSBL used to boot the system, ensure that the loopback enable bit
is cleared when loading the driver.
Signed-off-by: Soren Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
- Add support for zc7100 device.
- FPGA programming on few of the SOC(zc7100) takes more
than 1sec, hence increased the program time by 4sec to
sync' all soc's.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch add an option to skip cfb console init for boards
who want to show a logo, but not use the cfb console. This is
needed for the siemens boards, which have a bmp bootlogo, but
do not need the cfb console.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
[agust: use '__weak int board_cfb_skip(void)']
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
when generating the bmp_logo_bitmap, the index is casted
as an uint16_t. So bigger logos as 65535 bytes are converted wrong
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
without this patch the bdinfo command shows:
U-Boot# bd
arch_number = 0x000010DC
[...]
sp start = 0x8EF32F20
FB base = 0x00000000
with this patch it shows the address where the framebuffer
for this video driver start:
arch_number = 0x000010DC
[...]
sp start = 0x8EF32F20
FB base = 0x8EF3C788
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
to use this driver also on am335x based boards, the following
changes are made:
- struct lcd_ctrl_config lcd_cfg is now configurable
through board code
- controller base is configurable through define
DA8XX_LCD_CNTL_BASE. To be compatible with older
da8xx based boards: If this define is missing, the
DAVINCI_LCD_CNTL_BASE is used
- Determine LCD IP Version, and make the driver
working on lcd revision register values:
Version 1:
0x4C100102
Version 2:
0x4F200800
0x4F201000
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
the clk_get() function is needed for the da8xx-fb video driver,
which is used on the am3xx based siemens boards.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
the da8xx-fb driver works also on am335x boards. So move
the da8xx-fb.h file from arch/arm/include/asm/arch-davinci
to drivers/video, so this driver can used from am335x
based boards. Also add WVGA panel_type.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This is u-boot driver for L5F31188 panel.
I tested it in the board based on MIPI DSI with EXYNOS4 series, and it worked well.
Changes in V2:
- Replaced license header by SPDX-License-Identifier.
Signed-off-by: Hyungwon Hwang <human.hwang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Donghwa Lee <dw09.lee@samsung.com>
[agust: sort Makefile entry alphabetically]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The cfb_console can't handle 4-bit wide font properly, since with
4-bit wide font, all 8 bits are drawn. Unbreak the video_drawchars()
function to correctly render 4-bits only on such fonts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Fix the following build error caused by patch "powerpc/pcie: add PCIe
version 3.x support":
pcie.c:302:34: error: 'PCI_LTSSM' undeclared (first use in this function)
pcie.c:303:15: error: 'PCI_LTSSM_L0' undeclared (first use in this function)
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The LCDIF interface doesn't give us any means to do continuous refresh
when driving a SmartLCD. To work this around, we produce a special
circular DMA descriptor, which only writes the HW_LCDIF_CTRL0 register
and sets the RUN bit.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add hook that allow configuring SmartLCD attached the MXS LCDIF
controller operating in System-Mode. This hook can be overriden
by a platform-specific SmartLCD programming routine, which writes
the SmartLCD specific values into it's registers.
Also, this patch makes sure the SYNC signals are off for the
SmartLCD case.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add special function that executes a specially crafted circular
DMA descriptor. The function doesn't wait for the descriptor to
finish the transfer, since the descritor never finishes. This is
useful when operating a SmartLCD through the LCDIF interface, as
the LCDIF does not give us any means to have continuous refresh
of the SmartLCD. Instead, the RUN bit in the LCDIF CTRL register
must be triggered manually. This can be worked around by starting
an DMA transfer which continuously sets the RUN bit. This function
allows starting exactly such transfer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The TIMING_CFG_3[EXT_ACTTOPRE] register field is 2 bits wide, but
the mask omitted the LSB. This patch provides a 2-bit wide mask.
Signed-off-by: James Yang <James.Yang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
C29XPCIE board is a series of Freescale PCIe add-in cards to perform
as public key crypto accelerator or secure key management module. It
includes C293PCIE board, C293PCIE board and C291PCIE board.
- 512KB platform SRAM in addition to 512K L2 Cache/SRAM
- 512MB soldered DDR3 32bit memory
- CPLD System Logic
- 64MB x16 NOR flash and 4GB x8 NAND flash
- 16MB SPI flash
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.Hu@freescale.com>
Singed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@freescale.com>
[yorksun: Fixup include/configs/C29XPCIE.h]
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The Freescale C29x family is a high performance crypto co-processor.
It combines a single e500v2 core with necessary SEC engine. There're
three SoC types(C291, C292, C293) with the following features:
- 512K L2 Cache/SRAM and 512 KB platform SRAM
- DDR3/DDR3L 32bit DDR controller
- One PCI express (x1, x2, x4) Gen 2.0 Controller
- Trust Architecture 2.0
- SEC6.0 engine
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.Hu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Po Liu <Po.Liu@freescale.com>
T4240 PCIe IP is version 3.0 and has some update comparing previous
QorIQ products.
1. Move Freescale specific register define
to
arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_pci.h
and update the register offset define for T4240.
2. add the status/control register define
use status/control register to judge the link status
3. The original code uses 'Programming Interface' field to judge if PCIE is
EP or RC mode, however, T4240 does not support this functionality.
According to PCIE specification, 'Header Type' offset 0x0e is used to
indicate header type, so for PCIE controller, the patch changes code to
use 'Header Type' field to identify if the PCIE is RC or EP mode.
This patch fixes the PCIe card link up issue on T4240QDS.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Minghuan Lian <Minghuan.Lian@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
1. Add CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_RMAN macro to t4240 and b4860.
2. Decrease RMan liodn offset number.
SET_RMAN_LIODN() is used to set liodn offset of RMan blocks 0-3.
For t4240 and b4860, RMan liodn base is assigned to 922, the original
offset number is too large that the liodn (base+offset 922+678 = 1600)
is greater than 0x500 the maximum liodn number.
Signed-off-by: Minghuan Lian <Minghuan.Lian@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
1) Add support in B4860 board files for using IDT driver where
IDT8T49N222A is a low phase noise Frequency Translator / Synthesizer
that generate different refclks for SerDes modules, used this driver
for reconfiguring SerDes1 Refclks(based on SerDes1 protocols)
for CPRI to work. CPRI works on 122.88MHz and default refclks coming
on board are not suitable for it
2) Move SerDes1 refclk1 source selection from eth_b4860qds.c file
to b4860qds board file, as SerDes1 Refclk1 would come from
PHY MUX in case of certain protocols, that have been checked here.
This change would make on board SGMIIs to work
3) Add I2C addresses for IDT8T49N222A devices in board/include file
4) Add define for PCA-I2C bus multiplexer, on which IDT devices exist
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Also change the define name SRDS_RSTCTL_SDPD to
SRDS_RSTCTL_SDEN, which stands for SerDes enable
as mentioned in SerDes module guide
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Add code for configuring IDT8T49N222A device for various output refclks
- The IDT8T49N222A is a low phase noise Frequency Translator / Synthesizer with
alarm and monitoring functions suitable for networking and
communications applications. It is able to generate wide range of output
frequencies.
- In B4860QDS, it has been used to generate different refclks to SerDes modules
- Programming of these devices are performed by I2C interface.
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
BSC9132 SoC has two separate DDR controllers for PowerPC side and DSP side
DDR. They are mapped to PowerPC and DSP CCSR space respectively.
BSC9132QDS has two on-board MC34716EP DDR3 memory one connected to PowerPC
and other to DSP side controller.
Configure DSP DDR controller similar to PowerPC side DDR controller as
memories are exactly similar.
Signed-off-by: Manish Jaggi <manish.jaggi@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
BSC9132QDS is a Freescale Reference Design Board for BSC9132 SoC which is a
integrated device that contains two powerpc e500v2 cores and two DSP
starcores.
To support DSP starcore
-Creating LAW and TLB for DSP-CCSR space.
-Creating LAW for DSP-core subsystem M2 and M3 memory
-Creating LAW for 1GB DDR which is connected exclusively to DSP-cores
Signed-off-by: Manish Jaggi <manish.jaggi@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
When a board (slave) boots from SRIO/PCIE, it would get the instructions
from a remote board (master) by SRIO/PCIE interface, and the slave's
u-boot image should be built with the
SYS_TEXT_BASE=0xFFF80000;
So the u-boot of the slave should avoid the NOR_BOOT branch at the
booting stage.
For example, when a P2041RDB boots from SRIO/PCIE, it will set TLB
entry 15 from base address "CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE & 0xffc00000",
and with the 4M size as the boot window in NOR_BOOT branch. Because
the CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE = 0xFFF80000, so
the TLB entry will be from base address 0xffc00000 and with 4M size.
Then the u-boot will set TLB entry 14 from base address
"CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR", and with the 16K size as the initial
stack window. For the P2041RDB platform, the CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR
= 0xffd00000. So the TLB entry 14 and 15 will be in confliction.
There will be right TLB entries configurations when avoid the
NOR_BOOT branch and set the boot window from 0xfff00000 with 1M
size space.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Add new board p1020RDB-PD. P1020RDB-PD board was update from P1020RDB.
DDR changed from DDR2 1G to DDR3 2G.
NAND: 128 MiB
Flash: 64 MiB
Also change P1020RDB to P1020RDB-PC to distinguish from P1020RDB board.
Signed-off-by: Jerry Huang <Chang-Ming.Huang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Haijun Zhang <Haijun.Zhang@freescale.com>
CC: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Erratum A-005812 Incorrect reservation clearing in Write Shadow mode can
result in invalid atomic operations. For u-boot, this erratum only impacts
SoCs running in write shadow mode.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
JEDEC spec requires the clocks to be stable before deasserting reset
signal for RDIMMs. Clocks start when any chip select is enabled and
clock control register is set. This patch also adds the interface to
toggle memory reset signal if needed by the boards.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
On selected platforms, x4 DDR devices can be supported. Using x4 devices may
lower the performance, but generally they are available for higher density.
Tested on MT36JSF2G72PZ-1G9E1 RDIMM.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
RDIMM has different timing. Tested RDIMM is MT18JSF1G72PDZ-1G9E1 for
dual rank. Single- and quad-rank are not tested due to availability.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
When chip select interleaving is enabled, cs0_bnds is used for address
binding. Other csn_bnds are not used. When two controllers interleaving is
enabled, cs0_bnds of both controllers are used, other csn_bnds are not.
However, the unused csn_bnds may be used internally for calculating
addresses for calibration. Setting those registers to 0 may confuse
controllers in some cases. Instead, setting them to 0xffffffff together
with normal LAWs will guarantee the address is not mapped to DDR.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Add emulator support for T4240. Emulator has limited peripherals and
interfaces. Difference between emulator and T4240QDS includes:
ECC for DDR is disabled due the procedure to load images
No board FPGA (QIXIS)
NOR flash has 32-bit port for higher loading speed
IFC and I2C timing don't really matter, so set them fast
No ethernet
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Prepare for emulator support for mpc85xx parts.
Disable DDR training and skip wrlvl_cntl_2 and wrlvl_cntl_3 registers.
These two registers improve stability but not supported by emulator.
Add CONFIG_FSL_TBCLK_EXTRA_DIV for possible adjustment to time base.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
FMAN firmware can be in NOR flash, NAND flash, SPI flash, MMC or even
remote. In case none of them is defined, set it to null.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Move CONFIG_FSL_CORENET define to config_mpc85xx.h. It is not board
specific feature and belongs to SoC header.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
For some PowerPC platforms, LIODN registers for SRIO ports are
in SRIO register address space. So the ccsr_rio structure should
be updated for those LIODN registers.
In addition, add a new macro "SET_SRIO_LIODN_BASE" to create
the SRIO LIODN ID table based on the SRIO LIODN register address.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
TWR-P1025 Specification:
-----------------------
Memory subsystem:
512MB DDR3 (on board DDR)
64Mbyte 16bit NOR flash
One microSD Card slot
Ethernet:
eTSEC1: Connected to Atheros AR8035 GETH PHY
eTSEC3: Connected to Atheros AR8035 GETH PHY
UART:
Two UARTs are routed to the FDTI dual USB to RS232 convertor
USB: Two USB2.0 Type A ports
I2C:
AT24C01B 1K Board EEPROM (8 bit address)
QUICC Engine:
Connected to DP83849i PHY supply two 10/100M ethernet ports
QE UART for RS485 or RS232
PCIE:
One mini-PCIE slot
Signed-off-by: Michael Johnston <michael.johnston@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Xie Xiaobo <X.Xie@freescale.com>
[yorksun: Fixup include/configs/p1_twr.h]
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
U-Boot does not compile for the adp-ag101 boards since
commit a8f9cd1893
(net: update FTGMAC100 for MMU/D-cache support)
The driver assumes that the DMA allocation API are provided by all
architectures. This is not the case for nds32 and it causes a
build error. This patch adds DMA allocation API to avoid the errors.
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yu Kuo <ken.kuoky@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@gmail.com>
Cc: Andes <uboot@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Andes <uboot@andestech.com>
- line over 80 characters
- foo * bar -> foo *bar
- removed unnecessary for single statement blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
In case only the CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED is set in configuration file,
the CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED is defined as CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED.
The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED is then used throughout the driver.
Unfortunatelly, due to a typo in the driver, instead of defining
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED, an CONFIG_SYS_SOFT_I2C_SPEED was defined
and therefore the driver failed to compile. The same applies for
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE , where the swap happens as well.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This brings U-Boot's cpp invocation into line with the way the Linux
kernel invokes cpp on device trees. Consistency will be useful to ensure
*.dts is portable between the two.
-undef also has the added advantage of not defining "linux", so DT
property names such as "linux,keymap" don't get mangled.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Recent dtc supports #line directives in the input source code, and even
uses them to generate useful line numbers in any messages it emits. Stop
passing -P to cpp, since there's no need any more.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that nothing uses CONFIG_ARCH_DEVICE_TREE, stop defining it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that nothing uses the defines ARCH_CPU_DTS, BOARD_DTS, stop defining
them.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we assume dtc supports the -i option, we don't need to use
ARCH_CPU_DTS in *.dts{,i}; we simply specify the include filename
directly, and dtc will find it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
*.dts may use #include (via cpp) or /include/ (via dtc; assuming a newer
dtc). The choice is up to the creator of the DT. Create a common variable
DTC_INCDIRS that lists the paths searched by include statements, and
update cpp and dtc invocation to use them.
For cpp, also specify -nostdinc to ensure the same set of paths is
available to both type of include statement.
For dtc, create a new DTC_FLAGS variable to hold all the flags passed to
dtc.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The invocation of dtc is significantly more complex that it could be,
in order to work around an issue on old versions of dtc, which print
a message to stdout every time they run.
Remove this workaround, on the assumption that people have or will
upgrade to a newer version of dtc. This simplifies the build rule
significantly.
Related, split the invocation of cpp and dtc into separate commands
rather than a pipeline, so that if either fail, it is detected. This has
the nice benefit of saving off the result of the pre-processing step,
allowing it to be easily inspected.
Assuming a new enough dtc (which an earlier patch enforces), dtc will
parse #line directives in its input file, and generate correct file and
line numbers in error messages, even though cpp is unconditionally
applied to its input file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Aside from microblaze, all other SoCs/boards/vendors store their DT files
in board/$vendor/dts/$soc-$board.dts. Move microblaze-generic.dts to this
location for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Subsequent patches assume that dtc supports various recent features.
These are available in dtc 1.4.0. Validate that dtc is at least that
version.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Current code uses gd->baudrate before setting its value.
Besides, I got below build warning which is introduced by
commit ddb5c5be "blackfin: add baudrate to bdinfo".
board.c:235:3: warning: passing argument 1 of 'simple_strtoul' makes pointer from integer without a cast [enabled by default]
include/vsprintf.h:27:7: note: expected 'const char *' but argument is of type 'unsigned int'
This patch ensures we get the baudrate setting before using it.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
The function return from P_FUNCT2MUX(per) takes 2 bits, however
for BF537_FAMILY with offset != 1 the function is 1 bit.
Also has small refactor for better readability.
In portmux_setup(), it looks odd having "muxreg &= ~(3 << 1);"
while in current code we do muxreg |= (function << offset);.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
In special_gpio_free(), call unreserve() rather than reserve() to release gpio.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
In special_gpio_free(), call unreserve() rather than reserve() to release gpio.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
The BeagleBone Black differs from the other AM335x boards in a few
significant ways, so it makes sense to create a custom configuration
for it. In particular, it uses eMMC instead of NAND flash.
Signed-off-by: Justin Waters <justin.waters@timesys.com>
Some boards, such as the BeagleBone Black, have an eMMC chip intstead
of NAND. We can use the eMMC boot partition to store the environment,
since it isn't used for anything else. This allows us to have a
configurable environment on those boards.
Signed-off-by: Justin Waters <justin.waters@timesys.com>
The BeagleBone Black can boot from either the MMC card
or eMMC chip on board. We should try both interfaces.
This modification also allows a graceful fallback if
a device exists but boot images are not present on it.
Changes for v2:
* Fix boot partition - it should always show up as mmcblk0p2
* Fix missing FDT load
Signed-off-by: Justin Waters <justin.waters@timesys.com>
Many modern U-Boot ports enable command line editing and
a history buffer. The am335x_evm configuration is fairly
comprehensive as it is, so a few extra kb should not be
noticable, and it adds a very convenient feature.
Signed-off-by: Justin Waters <justin.waters@timesys.com>
Give the user the ability to disable NAND support by defining
CONFIG_NO_NAND. This will allow custom hardware to easily support
this configuration.
Signed-off-by: Justin Waters <justin.waters@timesys.com>
[trini: Make apply on top of other series]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
accessing a lan9303 switch with the cpsw driver results in wrong
speed detection, as the switch sets the BMSR_ERCAP in BMSR
register, and follow read of the MII_STAT1000 register fails, as
the switch does not support it. Current code did not check,
if a phy_read() fails ... fix this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
NOR requires that s_init be within the first 4KiB of the image so that
we can perform the rest of the required pinmuxing to talk with the rest
of NOR that we are found on. When NOR_BOOT is set we save our
environment in NOR at 512KiB and a redundant copy at 768KiB. We avoid
using SPL for this case and u-boot.bin is written directly to the start
of NOR.
We enclose the DMM-related parts of arch/arm/cpu/armv7/am33xx/emif4.c
with TI81xx checks as at this time U-Boot does not discard unused
sections in the main build and this code relies on functions specific to
(and only provided in) ti81xx-related code.
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Steve Kipisz <s-kipisz2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch adds support for the NOR module that attaches
to the memory cape for a Beaglebone board. This does not
add booting support; only support so that you can boot from
SD/MMC and see the NOR module so that it can be programmed.
Signed-off-by: Steve Kipisz <s-kipisz2@ti.com>
[trini: Clean up config changes slightly]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Based on our usage of the GPMC, either with NOR or NAND we do not need
to be setting the irqstatus or irqenable bits and should clear them like
we have historically.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We rework the various board_is_foo() checks to take a pointer to
struct am335x_baseboard_id rather than using a local copy in board.c.
This allows us to make use of the same checks in mux.c as well as fixing
problems when this code could be running from read-only memory.
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
- Style cleanup (# define -> #define)
- Due to ROM issues, redudant loading isn't feasible, so drop.
- Given extra space, increase max size of U-Boot to 512KiB
- Correct env size to match usage (we had not re-defined ENV_SIZE).
- Given extra space, keep env size as 128KiB, add redundant environment.
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We always set a CONFIG_ENV_IS_...somewhere... so drop the initial define
of NOWHERE.
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The AM335x GP EVM ships with NAND. Document programming of the chip
including the redundant locations that the ROM will check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This commit adds some prototypes into include/mtd/cfi_flash.h.
These functions are defined with a weak attribute in
drivers/mtd/cfi_flash.c.
This means they can be overrided by board-specific ones
if necessary.
When defining such functions under board/ directory or
somewhere, cfi_flash.h should be included.
This makes sure that board-specfic cfi functions
are defined in a correct prototype.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
usb_lowlevel_init() allocates a new periodic_list each time it is invoked,
without freeing the original list. Since it is initialized later on in the code,
just reuse the first-allocated list in future invocations of usb_lowlevel_init.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
When power cycling the hub ports, a misbehaving port will prevent all ports
from being powered on because we quit at the first sign of trouble.
Skip problematic ports instead of failing the entire power on.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Fixes NFS root problems with Beagle (3530 ES1.0) when used with
external USB-ethernet adapter and "USB start" command used within
u-boot.
Soft resetting the UHH module causes instability issues on
all OMAPs so we just avoid it.
See OMAP36xx Errata
i571: USB host EHCI may stall when entering smart-standby mode
i660: USBHOST Configured In Smart-Idle Can Lead To a Deadlock
On OMAP4/5, soft-resetting the UHH module can put it into
Smart-Idle mode and lead to a deadlock.
On OMAP3 this doesn't seem to be the case but still instabilities
are observed on beagle (3530 ES1.0) if soft-reset is used.
e.g. NFS root failures with Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
This patch extends dfu code to support transmission with -R switch
specified at dfu-util.
When -R is specified, the extra USB_REQ_DFU_DETACH request is sent after
successful data transmission. Then dfu resources are released and reset
command is issued.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Implement functions to flush/invalidate dcache over QH and qTDs
and make use of them where appropriate. Also use them to replace
the old incorrect cache management attempt. This is the first step
towards making this driver work with data cache enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The code for retrieving qTD item for particular endpoint is hard
to understand, moreover it's duplicated all over the driver. Move
the code into single nice and documented function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Allocate the qTD items all at once instead of allocating them
separately. Moreover, make sure each qTD is properly aligned
to 32-bytes boundary and that cache can be safely flushed over
each qTD touple.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The code for retrieving QH for particular endpoint is hard to understand,
moreover it's duplicated all over the driver. Move the code into single
nice and documented function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The endpoint QH list has to be aligned to 10-bit boundary. We also have
to make sure the list is aligned on a cacheline boundary. Make sure it
is. Furthermore, check if the memory allocation for the QH list didn't
fail. Moveover, improve the comment about the QH list structure.
Finally, the qTD item list has to be aligned only to 5-bit boundary, not
10-bit as it is now, fix this as well.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Clean up the code that checks the validity of a USB gadget driver
in usb_gadget_register_driver(). Moreover, limit the speed of the
driver to either FULL or HIGH, this is more precise and once we
have xHCI support, also more correct.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The usb_lowlevel_init() call already fills and passes back struct
ehci_ctrl , which readily contains correctly determined address of
the port register block address computed from values from controller
configuration registers. Leverage this and make use of this value
as this makes the code mode universal, but also gets us rid of the
CONFIG_USB_REG_BASE configuration option.
Moreover, this patch cleans up the usb_gadget_register_driver() call
a little by correcting the error handling. Note the usb_lowlevel_init()
and mvudc_probe() are now called in reversed order, but this has no
impact on the code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Move the constant values that are programmed into mv_ep.ep into
separate static const structure so they can be memcpy()'d when
the initialization happens.
Moveover, we only every init NUM_ENDPOINTS, not 2 * NUM_ENDPOINTS,
so fix this bug as well.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The endpoints are operated on a per-controller basis, move the
endpoint array into controller's private data. Also shuffle the
struct mv_ep structure definition just above the definition of
the struct mv_drv so they're well grouped together.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The mv_udc driver is broken for a while and doesn't even compile.
This patch fixes the issues and gets the driver into working state
again. This driver was tested on Freescale i.MX233/i.MX28 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
A little background is probably appropriate for this patch.
Since "the beginning" of usage of the SABRE Lite and Nitrogen6x
boards, DVI detection has been somewhat broken.
Some (most) DVI monitors don't produce the "HPD" bit in
the PHY_STAT0 register, but do show proper toggling of the
RX_SENSE0..3 bits.
Creating a new the bit-mask to include all five bits and
modifying the 'hdmidet' command and internal detection
routines allows these monitors to function properly in U-Boot.
A related patch to our kernels allows things to work under
Linux:
7d8752905c
Signed-off-by: Robert Winkler <robert.winkler@boundarydevices.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
If no other bootoption works, try loading up device tree and zImage.
This is selected as the last option to allow backward compatibility as
well as support the recent trend in moving kernel boot to using zImage
and device tree.
NOTE: if uImage is present in bootpart, it will try this first and
will assume this is to be booted with bootm (so may be concatenated
image or plain vanilla ATAG MACHINE_ID based image)
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
For folks not using concatenated device tree with uImage, having
an handy function to find and load device tree is very handy.
So introduce findfdt and loadfdt and run findfdt by default to make
it easier on user scripts.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
CMD_FS_GENERIC allows us to simplify where we load up our image from
either from ext2/fat etc. So, lets use that instead of cumbersome
options we currently use. Sticking with existing conventions,
defaults will be:
ramdisk=ramdisk.gz
bootpart=0:2 (second partition)
bootdir=/boot (/boot in second partition)
This matches with the default behavior, these can be overriden by
env files as needed.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
As reported in http://marc.info/?l=u-boot&m=137358037827735&w=2
There is no need for the "xMB" variant, as the gpio pins used for
identification where never changed from the xMA when the newer silcon
was used for the xMB, So rename XM A revision as AB revision
and report accordingly
Reported-by: Robert Nelson <robertcnelson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
e682930867
(BeagleBoard: config: use uImage.beagle for tftp)
Introduced uImage.beagle which does not happen to be default output
file of Linux kernel build make uImage (output is uImage).
So, replace uImage.beagle with uImage
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
We do not use JFFS2 by default and it conflicts with
CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC (ls command is the same). Since most of our
BOOTCMD can be simplified by using the FS_GENERIC, dropping JFFS2
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joel Fernandes <joelf@ti.com>
Locking DPLL_GMAC
[mugunthanvnm@ti.com:Configure only if CPSW is selected]
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
BD ram address may vary in various SOC, so removing the hardcoding and
passing the same information through platform data
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Add a README for the family of boards the am335x_evm covers, and include
instructions on preparing and using falcon mode, for various media.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
We use CONFIG_CMD_SPL_WRITE_SIZE when reading/writing the args portion
of falcon mode to NAND. Previously it was half the size of the
eraseblock which is too small, increase to eraseblock size.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The previous location used for the "args" portion of falcon mode was too
small to allow for a device tree to be saved there, so move the location
slightly and increase the size. In addition, our previous kernel
location was part of the area we set aside for U-Boot itself, so move it
up a bit higher.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Now that we have falcon mode enabled, the partiton numbers for NAND have
changed, and we need to list entries for updating these parts of the
system. While adding falcon mode entires for eMMC (raw), we round up
the limit on U-Boot for ease of math later.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
The OMAP36xx/OMAP37xx family uses L3 frequency of 200MHz instead of 165MHz
used by OMAP34xx/OMAP35xx.
Also fix checkpatch warning about alignment.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Currently, we assume that if we can read from MMC correctly, we have
found a valid image. This is not the case as an empty area will read
just fine. Add a check for a valid IH_MAGIC.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
The current code uses clrbits_be32 which is incorrect since we are on
a little endian machine here. This patch fixes this issue and also removes
some unnecessary code: Reading the current GPIO bank state is not required
if we are using the SET and CLEAR GPIO registers for setting/clearing
bits.
Signed-off-by: Christian Riesch <christian.riesch@omicron.at>
Cc: Nagabhushana Netagunte <nagabhushana.netagunte@ti.com>
Cc: Rajashekhara, Sudhakar <sudhakar.raj@ti.com>
Currently in OMAP3 SPL, the GPMC for NAND is configured for 16bit
access. This patch adds support for 8bit NAND devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
mx6qsabrelite and nitrogen6q boards are hardware compatible, so let's avoid the
code duplication and only use the nitrogen6x source code to make board code
maintainance easier.
Tested booting a mainline device tree kernel on a mx6qsabrelite board.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION was active on most gdsys boards by default,
while hardware flash protection was not implemented.
Hardware support was added recently and we get into trouble because backward
compatibility is broken (u-boot can't unprotect the protected flash after a
downgrade). So we decided to disable hardware flash protection for all our boards.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
OSD size was constant 32x16 characters.
Now the size is set as announced by the FPGA.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
mclink is a serial interface for communication between gdsys FPGA.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A set of accessor functions was added to be able to access not only
memory mapped FPGA in a generic way.
Thanks to Wolfgang Denk for getting this sorted properly.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While the flash_detect_legacy() of drivers/mtd/cfi_flash.c
feed unmap_physmem() with MAP_NOCACHE as 2nd parameter,
the do_spi_flash_read_write() of common/cmd_sf.c
feed unmap_physmem() with the length of the mapped buffer
as 2nd parameter.
It's apparently a bug, and I personally think the 2nd parameter
should be the length of the mapped buffer.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
CC: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Conflict over SPDX changes means that one change was effectively dropped
as it was fixing typos in a removed hunk of text.
Conflicts:
arch/mips/cpu/mips64/start.S
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Because the SOCFPGA platform will include support for Cyclone V and
Arria V FPGA parts, renaming socfpga_cyclone5 folder to socfpga to
be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
CC: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
v2:
- Add Reviewed-by: Pavel Machek
- Cc: Tom Rini
Some version of Andes core support FPU coprocessor,
if this is the case, and toolchain support FPU instruction set,
we should enable it at low level initialization time.
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yu Kuo <ken.kuoky@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@gmail.com>
Restrict autoboot interruption to "s" or "d" keys. This will prevent some
unwanted stopping and also allow disabling the reset on command timeout.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Accessing powered down peripherals will hang the bus, so check power
domain status before initializing SATA and fixup the FDT to disable
unused peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
The timer_init function is called before relocation and writes to bss data
were corrupting relocation data. Fix this by removing the call to
reset_timer_masked. The initial timer count should be 0 or near 0 anyway,
so initializing the variables are not needed.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
The 150MHz clock rate gives u-boot time functions problems and there's no
benefit to a fast clock, so lower the rate.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Various changes to highbank config:
Enable EFI partitions
Enable ext4 and FAT filesystems
Enable bootz command and raw initrd
Increase cmd and print buffer size to 1K
Change serial baudrate to 115200
Enable hush shell
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
There is no reason to wait for the entire frame to start DMA on receive,
so enable rx cut-thru for better performance.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
interrupt_init also sets up the abort stack, but is not setup before
relocation. So any aborts during relocation will hang and not print out
any useful information. Fix this by moving the interrupt_init to after
the stack setup in board_init_f.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
The t4 register already holds the cache
line size, and the value of the register
is not changed in mips_init_icache.
Get the cache line size value from t4 for
mips_init_dcache as well and remove the
superfluous assignment of t5 register.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
The MIPS code uses centralized u-boot.lds script already,
and dynamic relocation is supported as well.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Checking mips32/time.c with checkpatch.pl shows this:
arch/mips/cpu/mips32/time.c:30: WARNING: line over 80 characters
arch/mips/cpu/mips32/time.c:57: ERROR: return is not a function, parentheses are not required
total: 1 errors, 1 warnings, 0 checks, 85 lines checked
Fix the code to make checkpatch.pl happy.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Qemu emulates a PCNET PCI card for the Malta CoreLV board.
Enable the pcnet driver and add board specific ethernet
initialization function to bring it up. Also enable the
CONFIG_CMD_NET and CONFIG_CMD_PING options.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Qemu emulates the Galileo GT64120 System Controller
which provides a CPU bus to PCI bus bridge.
The patch adds driver for this bridge and enables
PCI support for the emulated Malta board.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Move the GT64120 register base to 0x1be00000
and setup PCI BAR registers as done by the
original YAMON bootloader.
This is needed for running Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The MIPS Malta board has a SOFTRES register. Writing a
magic value into that register initiates a board reset.
Use this feature to implement reset support.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Add minimal support for the MIPS Malta CoreLV board
emulated by Qemu. The only supported peripherial is
the UART.
This is enough to boot U-Boot to the command prompt
both in little and big endian mode.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
On the origial Malta boards the REVISION register is
accessible at the 0x1fc00010 address. The contents of
this register gives information about the revision
of the Malta and Core Boards.
This register is used by the Linux kernel to identify
the actual board it is running on. However the register
is not emulated properly by Qemu, so put a hardcoded
value into the flash to make Linux work.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The Linux specific register access macros, the
extern function declarations and the UL suffixes
has been removed.
The header file will be used for the qemu-malta
board.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The pcnet driver uses the pci_phys_to_mem function
to get the memory address of the DMA buffers. This
This assumes an 1:1 mapping between the PCI and
physical memory which is not true on all platforms.
On MIPS platform U-Boot is running within a mapped
memory region, and the pci_phys_to_mem macro can't
be used to obtain the memory address of the buffers.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The sandburst-specific i2c drivers have been deleted, conflict was just
over the SPDX conversion.
Conflicts:
board/sandburst/common/ppc440gx_i2c.c
board/sandburst/common/ppc440gx_i2c.h
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Like many other projects, U-Boot has a tradition of including big
blocks of License headers in all files. This not only blows up the
source code with mostly redundant information, but also makes it very
difficult to generate License Clearing Reports. An additional problem
is that even the same lincenses are referred to by a number of
slightly varying text blocks (full, abbreviated, different
indentation, line wrapping and/or white space, with obsolete address
information, ...) which makes automatic processing a nightmare.
To make this easier, such license headers in the source files will be
replaced with a single line reference to Unique Lincense Identifiers
as defined by the Linux Foundation's SPDX project [1]. For example,
in a source file the full "GPL v2.0 or later" header text will be
replaced by a single line:
SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
We use the SPDX Unique Lincense Identifiers here; these are available
at [2].
Note: From the legal point of view, this patch is supposed to be only
a change to the textual representation of the license information,
but in no way any change to the actual license terms. With this patch
applied, all files will still be licensed under the same terms they
were before.
Note 2: The apparent difference between the old "COPYING" and the new
"Licenses/gpl-2.0.txt" only results from switching to the upstream
version of the license which is differently formatted; there are not
any actual changes to the content.
Note 3: There are some recurring questions about linense issues, such
as:
- Is a "All Rights Reserved" clause a problem in GPL code?
- Are files without any license header a problem?
- Do we need license headers at all?
The following excerpt from an e-mail by Daniel B. Ravicher should help
with these:
| Message-ID: <4ADF8CAA.5030808@softwarefreedom.org>
| Date: Wed, 21 Oct 2009 18:35:22 -0400
| From: "Daniel B. Ravicher" <ravicher@softwarefreedom.org>
| To: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
| Subject: Re: GPL and license cleanup questions
|
| Mr. Denk,
|
| Wolfgang Denk wrote:
| > - There are a number of files which do not include any specific
| > license information at all. Is it correct to assume that these files
| > are automatically covered by the "GPL v2 or later" clause as
| > specified by the COPYING file in the top level directory of the
| > U-Boot source tree?
|
| That is a very fact specific analysis and could be different across the
| various files. However, if the contributor could reasonably be expected
| to have known that the project was licensed GPLv2 or later at the time
| she made her contribution, then a reasonably implication is that she
| consented to her contributions being distributed under those terms.
|
| > - Do such files need any clean up, for example should we add GPL
| > headers to them, or is this not needed?
|
| If the project as a whole is licensed under clear terms, you need not
| identify those same terms in each file, although there is no harm in
| doing so.
|
| > - There are other files, which include both a GPL license header
| > _plus_ some copyright note with an "All Rights Reserved" clause. It
| > has been my understanding that this is a conflict, and me must ask
| > the copyright holders to remove such "All Rights Reserved" clauses.
| > But then, some people claim that "All Rights Reserved" is a no-op
| > nowadays. License checking tools (like OSLC) seem to indicate this is
| > a problem, but then we see quite a lot of "All rights reserved" in
| > BSD-licensed files in gcc and glibc. So what is the correct way to
| > deal with such files?
|
| It is not a conflict to grant a license and also reserve all rights, as
| implicit in that language is that you are reserving all "other" rights
| not granted in the license. Thus, a file with "Licensed under GPL, All
| Rights Reserved" would mean that it is licensed under the GPL, but no
| other rights are given to copy, modify or redistribute it.
|
| Warm regards,
| --Dan
|
| Daniel B. Ravicher, Legal Director
| Software Freedom Law Center (SFLC) and Moglen Ravicher LLC
| 1995 Broadway, 17th Fl., New York, NY 10023
| (212) 461-1902 direct (212) 580-0800 main (212) 580-0898 fax
| ravicher@softwarefreedom.org www.softwarefreedom.org
[1] http://spdx.org/
[2] http://spdx.org/licenses/
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Setting the direction and an output value should be done by
First, set the desired output value.
Then, switch to output.
If this is done in the inverse order, like at the moment,
there can be a glitch on the GPIO line while switching first
the old output value and aftwards the new one.
Fix this by inverting the order of the direction/set_value
calls.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Pull all the duplicate configuration options into configs/mxs.h
from the board configuration files. This reduces the files greatly
and makes them somewhat more readable. Besides, we do no longer
have such a horrible duplication of code.
Note that the mx23evk grew in size slightly. This is due to the
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE now being set to 1024 as it is on the rest of
MXS systems.
This patch also fixes the OCRAM size for i.MX23. The i.MX23 has
only 32kB of OCRAM, while i.MX28 has 128kB of OCRAM.
I verified the configuration didn't change for each of the boards,
but I didn't boot-test it on the boards I do not have. I configured
U-Boot for each board using the "make ... <board>_config" command
and then ran "cpp -I include -dM include/config.h" , which dumped
all the configuration options. I did this both before and after this
patch and finally compared the results for each MXS board. Actually,
the results do differ slightly, since the configs/mxs.h file now
properly includes the correct iomux-mx23.h or iomux-mx28.h , so
while comparing, I had to ignore these new defines. These have no
impact on U-Boot configuration though.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Lauri Hintsala <lauri.hintsala@bluegiga.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The timer3 counter unit for lastdesc and now values are inconsistent in current
code. The unit of "readl(&tmr->timer3_counter) / (CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ / 2)" is
second. However, CONFIG_SYS_HZ is defined as 1000 in board config file.
This means the accuracy of "lastdec" and "now" should be in millisecond,
thus fix the equation to set lastdec and now variables accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Add a header file, setup.h, which copy from Linux source code,
this file contain structures are used to pass initialisation parameters
to Linux. Enable this function on adp-ag101/adp-ag101p target
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yu Kuo <ken.kuoky@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@gmail.com>
The original adp-ag101/adp-ag101p initialize only one bank(64MB)
by default at boot time, but it is not enough for some application,
so increasing to two banks(128M).
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yu Kuo <ken.kuoky@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@gmail.com>
Due to improper external function declaration,
building U-Boot for the adp-ag102 board shows
this warning:
adp-ag102.c: In function 'pci_init_board':
adp-ag102.c:95: warning: function declaration isn't a prototype
Include the 'faraday/ftpci100.h' header which
provides the proper declaration and remove the
local declaration to get rid of the warning.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Even though the header files is used only by the
pci_ftpci100 driver, it contains declaration for
a function which is used by external code.
Move the header file to a common location which
lets external code use it.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
The pci_ftpci_init() function is implemented
in 'drivers/pci/pci_ftpci100.c' however it is
always called by external code.
Add function declaration into ftpci100.h to
make it visible for external code.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Add a const keyword to the sect_buf argument of
ide_write_data to fix the following warning:
cmd_ide.c: In function '__ide_output_data':
cmd_ide.c:548: warning: passing argument 2 of 'ide_write_data' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
/devel/u-boot.git/include/ide.h:76: note: expected 'ulong *' but argument is of type 'const ulong *'
Also modify the driver-model documentation to
match with the new prototype.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
The FTSDC010_DCR_FIFO_RST symbol is conditionally
defined in <faraday/ftsdc010.h> and it is available
available when CONFIG_FTSDC010_SDIO is enabled.
However the actual driver code unconditionally uses
the FTSDC010_DCR_FIFO_RST constant and this causes
build error if CONFIG_FTSDC010_SDIO is not enabled.
The following error happens when compiling for the
adp-ag101 board:
ftsdc010_mci.c: In function 'ftsdc010_request':
ftsdc010_mci.c:178: error: 'FTSDC010_DCR_FIFO_RST' undeclared (first use in this function)
ftsdc010_mci.c:178: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
ftsdc010_mci.c:178: error: for each function it appears in.)
The patch ensures that the FTSDC010_DCR_FIFO_RST
symbol gets used only if CONFIG_FTSDC010_SDIO is
defined.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Reviewed-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
U-Boot does not compile for the adp-ag101 boards since
commit f6c3b34697 (mmc:
update Faraday FTSDC010 for rw performance)
The driver assumes that the bit manipulation macros
are provided by all architectures. This is not the
case for nds32 and it causes a build error like this:
ftsdc010_mci.c: In function 'ftsdc010_clkset':
ftsdc010_mci.c:118: warning: implicit declaration of function 'setbits_le32'
ftsdc010_mci.c:123: warning: implicit declaration of function 'clrbits_le32'
drivers/mmc/libmmc.o: In function `ftsdc010_request':
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:234: undefined reference to `setbits_le32'
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:243: undefined reference to `clrbits_le32'
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:234: undefined reference to `clrbits_le32'
drivers/mmc/libmmc.o: In function `ftsdc010_clkset':
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:118: undefined reference to `clrbits_le32'
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:118: undefined reference to `clrbits_le32'
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:121: undefined reference to `setbits_le32'
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:123: undefined reference to `setbits_le32'
/devel/u-boot.git/drivers/mmc/ftsdc010_mci.c:123: undefined reference to `setbits_le32'
The patch adds bit manipulation macros for the
nds32 architecture to avoid the errors. The macros
are copied from the ARM implementation.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Adds a new COMPAT string exynos5-hsi2c for high speed i2c controller
available on exynos5 SoCs from Samsung.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com>
Faraday FTI2C010 is a multi-function I2C controller
which supports both master and slave mode.
This patch simplily implements the master mode only.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch adds support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
There are some differences between i.MX6 and Vybrid for I2C controller.
(1) The registers' offset are different.
(2) The I2C clock divider values are different.
(3) In I2C control register, the enable/disable/reset bit is inverted for Vybrid comparing to i.MX6.
(4) In I2C status register, the interrupt flag bit is cleared by writing "1" for Vybrid.
For i.MX6, this bit is cleared by writing "0".
(5) In I2C status register, the arbitration lost flag bit is cleared by writing "1" for Vybrid.
For i.MX6, this bit is cleared by writing "0".
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Due to the new I2C framework we need to adapt the u-boot update
function. Due to the new framework all i2c leafs behind a mux are
present in the system and not only those who are defined and used. So it
is bus number 5 after the rework.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
cc: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
This enables CONFIG_SYS_I2C on Tegra, updating existing boards and the Tegra
i2c driver to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Rather than using a variable in various places, add a single function,
tegra_i2c_get_bus(), which returns a pointer to information about a
bus.
This will make it easier to move to the new i2c framework.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
as the keymile boards use now the new i2c multibus/multiadapter
framework, remove the EEprom_ivm Environmentvar, as not longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Tested-By: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
CONFIG_I2C_MUX is replaced through the new i2c multibus/multiadapter
framework, configured through CONFIG_SYS_I2C. As CONFIG_I2C_MUX
is only used on the keymile boards, and they are now completely
moved to the new framework, remove CONFIG_I2C_MUX.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Tested-By: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
- added to fsl_i2c driver new multibus/multiadpater support
- adapted all config files, which uses this driver
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
- added to soft_i2c driver new multibus/multiadpater support
- adapted all config files, which uses this driver
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This Patch introduce the new i2c_core file, which holds
the I2C core functions, for the rework of the multibus/
multiadapter support.
Also adds changes in i2c.h for the new I2C multibus/multiadapter
support. This new support can be activated with the
CONFIG_SYS_I2C define.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
The problem here is that uboot can't mount ext4 filesystem with
commit "50ce4c07df1" applied. We use hard-coded "SECTOR_SIZE"(512)
before this commit, now we introduce (block_dev_desc_t *)->log2blksz
to replace this macro. And after we calling do_ls()->fs_set_blk_dev(),
the variable log2blksz is not initialized, which it's not correct.
And this patch try to solve the problem by caculating the value of
log2blksz from variable blksz.
Fix reading ext4_extent_header struture on BE machines. Some 16 bit
fields where converted to 32 bit fields, due to the byte swap on BE
machines the containing value was corrupted. Therefore reading ext4
filesystems on BE machines where broken before.
Signed-off-by: Rommel Custodio <sessyargc+uboot@gmail.com>
[sent via git-send-email; rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
As both the DDR SDRAM and NAND flash connect to EBI on at91sam9n12
and share the lower 8 bits data line. If use low drive of the data
line, it will cause DDR data access corrupt in lower address, so
change the data line to high drive mode
This will fix the Linux kernel boot issue when use Lower address
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The old value of 0x000e0030 will cause ethernet
timeout issues on the sabrelite and possibly other
boards using the KSZ9021.
I have no explanation as to why.
But this is a correct change, the TRM will be updated
to show that 00b is the only valid setting for bits
19-18 of DRAM_RESET.
My thanks go to Liu Hui(Jason) for this information.
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Commit de1d786e (add support for Xilinx 1000BASE-X phy (GTX)) introduced the
checking for ESTATUS_1000_XHALF, but it incorrectly sets the
SUPPORTED_1000baseX_Full flag in this case.
Set the SUPPORTED_1000baseX_Half flag instead.
Acked-by: Charles Coldwell <coldwell@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Sascha Silbe <t-uboot@infra-silbe.de>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
de1d786 [add support for Xilinx 1000BASE-X phy (GTX)] introduced a
check for the extended status register in order to support
1Gbps-capable PHYs that don't have the 1000BASE-T registers. Since
Extended Status only indicates what the PHY (i.e. the local side) is
capable of, this broke communication with non-1Gbps peers.
Only check the extended status if the 1000BASE-T registers are
actually missing so we don't end up setting speed to 1Gbps even though
the previous test (for the combination of local and peer support for
1Gbps) already indicated we can't do 1Gbps with the current peer.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Silbe <t-uboot@infra-silbe.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The value of this config variable is not available to image.h on the host,
since the board config is not actually included. Bring this in so that
mkimage will be built with image-signing support for sandbox at least.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Missing space for loaddtb command has been added. When missing, ext4load
fails with wrong number of passed parameters.
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Before the bootm refactor, fixup_silent_linux() was done only in the
monolithic bootm case, not in the subcommand case. With the refactor, it
is done always, which is good. Unfortunately it is done too late, since it
is the PREP or CMDLINE stages that set up the command line for Linux.
Move fixup_silent_linux() into the LOADOS stage, which is where we find
out the OS being used, and can thus decide whether to perform this step.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
commit 54965b6136 (README: mxs: Introduce README.mxs) should have changed the
file name to README.mxs, as it covers both mx23 and mx28 now.
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Dealing with the sys ctrl register should touch only the
relevant bits and not accidently the whole register. On i.MX6,
the sys control register contains bits which shouldn't be reset to
0, e.g. SYS_CTRL[3-0] and IPP_RST_N (SYS_CTRL[23]).
Do this by read/modify/write instead of just a 32bit write.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD creates debug TLB entry, so disable it before init_tlbs.
CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL never creates any debug TLB entry, so no need
of disable_tlb().
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The gdsys ControlCenter Digital board is based on a Freescale P1022 QorIQ SOC.
It boots from SPI-Flash but can be configured to boot from SD-card for
factory programming and testing.
On board peripherals include:
- 2x GbE
- Lattice ECP3 FPGA connected via PCIe
- mSATA RAID1
- USB host
- DisplayPort video output
- Atmel TPM
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Pfau <reinhard.pfau@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
MAKEALL is fine for ppc4xx and mpc85xx.
Run checks were done on our controlcenterd hardware.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Extend the tpm library with support for single authorized (AUTH1) commands
as specified in the TCG Main Specification 1.2. (The internally used helper
functions are implemented in a way that they could also be used for double
authorized commands if someone needs it.)
Provide enums with the return codes from the TCG Main specification.
For now only a single OIAP session is supported.
OIAP authorized version of the commands TPM_LoadKey2 and TPM_GetPubKey are
provided. Both features are available using the 'tpm' command, too.
Authorized commands are enabled with CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS. (Note that
this also requires CONFIG_SHA1 to be enabled.)
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Pfau <reinhard.pfau@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Before setting: mipi_lcd_device.reverse_panel = 1, the Trats's LCD panel
was flipped by 180 degrees.
The flip was caused by following change:
Exynos: Change get_timer() to work correctly
SHA1: 3d00c0cb96
This commit fixed udelay(), which is necessary (due to HW LCD controller
oddity) for mipi-dsi correct operation. As a result the display orientation
has been switched.
As a follow up, the hwrevision() function has been removed, since it was
used only in this particular place.
Test HW: Trats Exynos4210 rev 0.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Fix:
mpc8323erdb.c: In function 'mac_read_from_eeprom':
mpc8323erdb.c:198:3: warning: dereferencing type-punned pointer will
break strict-aliasing rules [-Wstrict-aliasing]
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
cc: Timur Tabi <timur@tabi.org>
cc: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
With CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA, lbaint_t gets defined as a 64-bit type,
which is required to represent block numbers for storage devices that
exceed 2TiB (the block size usually is 512B), e.g. recent hard drives
We now use lbaint_t for partition offset to reflect the lbaint_t change,
and access partitions beyond or crossing the 2.1TiB limit.
This required changes to signature of ext4fs_devread(), and type of all
variables relatives to block sector.
ext2/ext4 fs uses logical block represented by a 32 bit value. Logical
block is a multiple of device block sector. To avoid overflow problem
when calling ext4fs_devread(), we need to cast the sector parameter.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Some ARM compilers may emit code that makes unaligned accesses when
faced with constructs such as:
char name[12] = "bootmenu_";
same fix as commit: 064d55f8bc
=========================================================
data abort
MAYBE you should read doc/README.arm-unaligned-accesses
pc : [<3ff4b60c>] lr : [<3ff4b7b0>]
sp : 3f346a58 ip : 3ff9c8e6 fp : 02000060
r10: 00000000 r9 : 3df47fc0 r8 : 3f347f40
r7 : 00000000 r6 : 00000000 r5 : 00000003 r4 : 3f759140
r3 : 000003f0 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 000003f1 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nzCv IRQs on FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
======================================================
Signed-off-by: Lan Yixun (dlan) <dennis.yxun@gmail.com>
"cramfsload uImage_1" succeeds even though the actual file is named
"uImage".
Fix file name comparison when one name is the prefix of the other.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
adjust instructions for the invocation of Patman's self test: the -t
flag appears to have a different meaning now, refer to the --test option
for the builtin unit test; adjust a directory location and make sure to
run the file which resides in the source directory
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The block device expects to see lbaint_t for the blknr parameter. Change
the SCSI read/write functions to suit.
This fixes the following build warnings for coreboot:
cmd_scsi.c: In function ‘scsi_scan’:
cmd_scsi.c:119:30: error: assignment from incompatible pointer type [-Werror]
cmd_scsi.c:120:32: error: assignment from incompatible pointer type [-Werror]
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The files board/qi/qi_lb60/qi_lb60.c and include/configs/qi_lb60.h were
licensed under the GPL v3 or later, and not v2 or later. As this is
incompatible with the project, revert this board support until the
responsible parties are available to re-license (if so desired) under
GPL v2.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
A recent bootm fix left the error path incomplete. If CONFIG_TRACE is
set it may still not be a supported command, so cover that with the
unsupported subcommand print. Once we handle BOOTM_STATE_OS_GO, we can
just move into the error handler itself, no need for a goto there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update slightly based on Simon's changes to also cover
CONFIG_TRACE/BOOTM_STATE_FAKE_OS_GO]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
A FIT image with a ramdisk that sets the entry or load points to 0x0
must be treated as meaning "leave in place" and NOT "relocate to 0x0".
This regression was introduced in a51ec63.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Fix a trivial conflict in arch/arm/dts/exynos5250.dtsi about gpio and
serial.
Conflicts:
arch/arm/dts/exynos5250.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The arguments were out of place since commit 983c72f, since this file was
missed and not tested. Correct this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a specific configuraion is selected by the bootm command, e.g. with
'bootm 84000000#recoveryconf' we must honour this for not just the kernel,
but also the ramdisk and FDT.
In the conversion to using a common fit_image_load() function for loading
images from FITs (commits a51ec63 and 53f375f) this feature was lost.
Reinstate it by passing the selected configuration back from
fit_image_load() to boot_get_kernel(), then use this configuration
(which is stored in images->fit_uname_cfg) in both boot_get_ramdisk()
and boot_get_fdt().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The OS function is now always called with the PREP stage. Adjust the
remaining bootm OS functions to deal with this correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With ELDK4.2 we were getting a warning that load_end may be used
uninitialized in calling lmb_reserve. This could not be the case,
however. If we re-order the checks (and make them slightly clearer as
well) the warning goes away. bootm_load_os may only return 0 on
success, BOOTM_ERR_OVERLAP in a non-fatal overlap (already covered in
comments) or a fatal BOOTM_ERR that is covered in the error handler.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
OpenEmbedded has change partitioning layout of generated image so it
does not raise warnings during the boot regarding unkown partition
being used for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
OpenEmbedded has change partitioning layout of generated image so it
does not raise warnings during the boot regarding unkown partition
being used for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
OpenEmbedded has change partitioning layout of generated image so it
does not raise warnings during the boot regarding unkown partition
being used for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
OpenEmbedded has change partitioning layout of generated image so it
does not raise warnings during the boot regarding unkown partition
being used for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
OpenEmbedded has change partitioning layout of generated image so it
does not raise warnings during the boot regarding unkown partition
being used for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
OpenEmbedded has change partitioning layout of generated image so it
does not raise warnings during the boot regarding unkown partition
being used for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
The MX28 multi-layer AHB bus can be too slow and trigger the
FEC DMA too early, before all the data hit the DRAM. This patch
ensures the data are written in the RAM before the DMA starts.
Please see the comment in the patch for full details.
This patch was produced with an amazing help from Albert Aribaud,
who pointed out it can possibly be such a bus synchronisation
issue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Pereira da Silva <aletes.xgr@gmail.com>
Remove incorrectly called and duplicate flush_dcache_range() call
from fec_mxc driver. The call is not needed, since the caches are
already flushed in fec_tbd_init(), moreover the second argument should
be the ending address, not size.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reported-by: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
this is usefull when writing an UBI image which contains
and UBIFS volume (check README.nand and UBI FAQ for more
details)
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add USB EHCI, storage and network support.
Tested on Tegra30 Cardhu, and Tegra114 Dalmore
platforms. All works well.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Tegra30 and Tegra114 are compatible except PLL parameters.
Tested on Tegra30 Cardhu, and Tegra114 Dalmore
platforms. All works well.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add DT node for USB EHCI function.
Add support for T30-Cardhu, T30-Beaver, T114-Dalmore boards.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Newer gcc versions warn about unused variables. This patch corrects a few of
those warnings that popped up in a build for the palmtreo680 board.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
The DFU's state machine original implementation author and copyright were
missing.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
As a zImage does not have a U-Boot header, we cannot really do what
BOOTM_STATE_FINDOTHER does, exactly. Break the ramdisk/fdt portions of
bootm_find_other into bootm_find_ramdisk/fdt which can be called in both
cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In the recent bootm refactor, the PREP stage was missing in the bootz
command. This causes unpredictable behaviour.
The use of a local variable means that the reset of cmd_bootm.c does not
in fact use the same image structure, so remove this.
Also manually set the OS type to Linux, since this is the only possibility
at present, and we need to select the right boot function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function has no prototype in the headers and passes void * around, thus
requiring several casts. Tidy this up.
- Add new patch to clean up bootz_setup() function
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original bootm code (before commit 35fc84f) did not check for a valid
boot function in the subcommand case, which was incorrect.
This check was introduced in all cases, but in fact we should only check
for the function when we need it. Otherwise in some cases the check fires
before the OS type is known.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the move of the interrupt code to earlier in the sequence, we
exposed a problem where the interrupts are disabled at each bootm
stage. This is not correct - it should be done only once. Let's disable
interrupts in the LOAD stage. Put the code in a function for clarity.
Also, bootz lost its interrupt code altogether, so reinstate it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch resolves the below mentioned compilation error of i2c driver
for non-FDT case
Compilation error:
s3c24x0_i2c.c: In function 'board_i2c_init':
s3c24x0_i2c.c:544:18: error: 'CONFIG_MAX_I2C_NUM' undeclared (first use
in this function) s3c24x0_i2c.c:544:18: note: each undeclared
identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
s3c24x0_i2c.c:545:3: warning: implicit declaration of function
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
There are differnce with clock calcuation by cpu variations.
This patch will fix it according to user manual.
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Code for checking "splashpos" environment variable is
duplicated in drivers, move it to the common function.
Call this function also in the bmp display command to
consider "splashpos" settings.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Add support for disabling battery charging with ctrl+C keyboard
combination pressed.
Moreover the battery update is done more frequently.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Commit:
dfu: make data buffer size configurable
SHA1: 89a72b2e0e141042c9109185e02d39b2107ffc62
replaced statically allocated buffers with one allocated with memalign.
Malloc pool size of 1MiB was too small, since we needed bigger buffer to
transfer for example uImage.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch performs the following:
1) Convert the assembly code for memory and clock initialization to C code.
2) Move the memory and clock init codes from board/samsung to arch/arm
3) Creat a common lowlevel_init file across Exynos4 and Exynos5. Converted
the common lowlevel_init from assembly to C-code
4) Made spl_boot.c and tzpc_init.c common for both exynos4 and exynos5.
5) Enable CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT as stack pointer initialisation is already
done in _main.
6) exynos-uboot-spl.lds made common across SMDKV310, Origen and SMDK5250.
TEST: Tested SD-MMC boot on SMDK5250 and Origen.
Tested USB and SPI boot on SMDK5250
Compile tested for SMDKV310.
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
smdk5250-uboot-spl.lds is moved to common folder, so that it can be reused.
It is renamed to exynos-uboot-spl.lds
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds APIs to get power reset status and exit the wakeup condition for
both exynos5 and exynos4
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
With the do_bootm_states re-organization, we have the call to any
potential sub-commands in a single spot. If one fails, we can then stop
right there and return to the caller. Prior to these calls we have
already ensured that ret is zero so we will not be returning this error
for some other case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Some OS (like OS X) do not provide a generic readelf. We should enforce to use
the toochain provided readelf instead, to do so use $(CROSS_COMPILE)readelf.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Remove non portable usage of REG_NOERROR.
BSD (like OS X) variants of regex.h do not declare REG_NOERROR, even GNU
regex(3) does not mention REG_NOERROR, just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Interfaces exposed by error.h seems not to be used in rsa-sig.c, remove it.
This also fixes an compile error on OS X:
---8<---
u-boot/lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c:23:19: error: error.h: No such file or directory
--->8---
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
For the first eMMC read of data for upload, use the "large" dfu_buf (now
configurable) instead of usb request buffer allocated at composite layer
(which is 4KiB) [*].
For eMMC the whole file is read, which usually is larger than the buffer [*]
provided with usb request.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In the following commit:
"dfu: Support larger than memory transfers."
SHA1: ea2453d56b
The ext4{read|write} command formatting has been changed. It removed
a write mandatory [sizebytes] parameter.
It extents DFU_FS_EXT4 case at mmc_file_op to provide mandatory
parameter for DFU write.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The omap_gpio driver is used by AM33XX, OMAP3/4, OMAP54XX and DRA7XX SoCs.
These SoCs have different gpio count but currently omap_gpio driver uses hard
coded 192 which is wrong.
This patch fixes this issue by:
1. Move define of OMAP_MAX_GPIO to all arch/arm/include/asm/arch-omap*/gpio.h.
2. Update gpio bank settings and enable GPIO modules 7 & 8 clocks for OMAP5.
Thanks for Lubomir Popov to provide valuable comments to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
During SDRAM_AUTO_DETECTION MA is not configured.
For Soc's > OMAP4460 MA is present. So populating
MA for the same.
Tested on OMAP4430 PANDA, OMAP4460 PANDA.
Reported-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Fix the wrong mapping between the DDR I/O control registers on AM33XX
SoCs and the software representation in the SPL code.
The most recent public TRM defines the following DDR I/O control registers
offsets:
* ddr_cmd0_ioctrl : offset 0x44E11404
* ddr_cmd1_ioctrl : offset 0x44E11408
* ddr_cmd2_ioctrl : offset 0x44E1140C
* ddr_data0_ioctrl: offset 0x44E11440
* ddr_data1_ioctrl: offset 0x44E11444
While the struct ddr_cmdtctrl has also some reserved bits in the beginning.
The struct is mapped to the address 0x44E11404. As a result "cm0ioctl" points
to the ddr_cmd1_ioctrl register, "cm1ioctl" to the ddr_cmd2_ioctrl and etc.
Registers ddr_cmd0_ioctrl and ddr_data0_ioctrl are never configured because
of this mapping mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Ledvich <ilya@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
This patch fix the omap access to the transceiver
configuration registers using the ulpi bus. As reported by
the documentation the bit31 is used only to check if the
transaction is done or still running and the reading and
writing operation have different offset and have different
values. What we need to do at the end of a transaction is
leave the bus in done state. Anyway an error using the ulpi
omap register is not recoverable so any error give out the
usage of this interface.
Tested on a custom OMAP5430 board with a TUSB1210 ULPI PHY
on USBB1.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit 35fc84fa1f broke bootm on avr32. It
requires to call do_bootm_linux() with flag set to BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP before
calling it again with flag set to BOOTM_STATE_OS_GO.
Fix this by allowing flag set to BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP, this however will
require a complete refactoring later on.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
[trini: Apply to m68k, microblaze, nds32, nios2, openrisc, sh and sparc]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
When compressed image is loaded, it must be decompressed
to an aligned address + 2 to avoid unaligned access exception
on some ARM platforms.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Some ARM compilers may emit code that makes unaligned accesses when
faced with constructs such as:
const char format[] = "r5g6b5";
Make this data static since it doesn't chagne; the compiler will simply
place it into the .rodata section directly, and avoid any unaligned run-
time initialization.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This trivial patch adds the definition of the vid/pid for the Ver C1 of the
USB Ethernet adapter D-Link DUB-E100.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
while playing with dfu, I tapped in an unaligned access
when doing on the host side a "lsusb -d [vendornr]: -v"
I get on the board:
GADGET DRIVER: usb_dnl_dfu
data abort
MAYBE you should read doc/README.arm-unaligned-accesses
pc : [<8ff71db8>] lr : [<8ff75aec>]
sp : 8ef40d18 ip : 00000005 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 47401410 r8 : 8ef40f38
r7 : 8ef4aae8 r6 : 0000000a r5 : 8ef4ab28 r4 : 8ef4ab80
r3 : 0000000a r2 : 00000006 r1 : 00000006 r0 : 8ef4aae8
Flags: Nzcv IRQs off FIQs on Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
reason is that in the "struct usb_composite_dev" the
"struct usb_device_descriptor desc;" is on an odd address,
and this struct gets accessed in
drivers/usb/gadget/composite.c device_qual()
Fix it, by align this var "struct desc" fix to an aligned
address.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
This subtle change fix problem with too small amount of allocated
memory to store DFU function pointers.
One needs to allocate extra space for sentinel NULL pointer in this array
of function pointers.
With the previous code, the NULL value overwrites malloc internal data
and afterwards free(f_dfu->function) crashes.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
add a weak dummy function g_dnl_fixup to add the possibility to update
the device_desc board specific. Used on the upcoming siemens board
support, where idVendor and idProduct is stored in an eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
This patch use get|put_unaligned_le16 to access structure data
to avoid data abort on some ARM platforms.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
configurable through environment variable "dfu_bufsiz".
Defaut value is configurable through CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Patch 35fc84fa1 [Refactor the bootm command to reduce code duplication]
breaks booting Linux (compressed uImage with fdt) on powerpc.
boot_jump_linux() mustn't be called before boot_prep_linux() and
boot_body_linux() have been called. So remove the superfluous call
to boot_jump_linux() in arch/powerpc/lib/bootm.c as its called later on
in this function.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
At present mkimage is set up to always build with image signing support.
This means that the SSL libraries (e.g. libssl-dev) are always required.
Adjust things so that mkimage can be built with and without image signing,
controlled by the presence of CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE in the board config file.
If CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not enabled, then mkimage will report a warning
that signing is not supported. If the option is enabled, but libraries are
not available, then a build error similar to this will be shown:
lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c:26:25: fatal error: openssl/rsa.h: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This restores the ordering of interrupt disable to what it what before
commit 35fc84fa. It seems that on some archiectures (e.g. PowerPC) the
OS is loaded into an interrupt region, which can cause problems if
interrupts are still running.
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With 35fc84fa1 [Refactor the bootm command to reduce code duplication]
we stopped checking the return value of bootm_load_os (unintentionally!)
and simply returned if we had a non-zero return value from the function.
This broke the valid case of a legacy image file of a single kernel
loaded into an overlapping memory area (the default way of booting
nearly all TI platforms).
The best way to fix this problem in the new code is to make
bootm_load_os be the one to see if we have a problem with this, and if
it's fatal return BOOTM_ERR_RESET and if it's not BOOTM_ERR_OVERLAP, so
that we can avoid calling lmb_reserve() but continue with booting. We
however still need to handle the other BOOTM_ERR values so re-work
do_bootm_states so that we have an error handler at the bottom we can
goto for problems from bootm_load_os, or problems from the other callers
(as the code was before). Add a comment to do_bootm_states noting the
existing restriction on negative return values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
---
Changes in v2:
- Rework so that only bootm_load_os and boot_selected_os head down into
the err case code, and other errors simply return back to the caller.
Fixes 'spl export'.
We've been dropping SoC name from U-Boot prompt as it increase
complexity for automatic testing and makes line longer for no good
reason.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Andy Voltz <andy.voltz@timesys.com>
This adds a default environment which should be able to support both
3.0.15 from Timesys and upcoming 3.11.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Andy Voltz <andy.voltz@timesys.com>
Currently we have the following on boot:
CPU: Freescale i.MX28 rev1.2 at 454 MHz
BOOT: SSP SD/MMC #0, 3V3
DRAM: 128 MiB
MMC: MXS MMC: 0
Video: MXSFB: 'videomode' variable not set!In: serial
Break the line of the warning message in order to have a better reading format.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
enum boot_mode is defined twice once in spl.h and also in
spl_boot.c, hence removing the same from spl_boot.c and including
the header file.
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In a714321 we add a check at the end of findfdt to make sure we have
updated it from undefined and if not, warn the user. This however
forgot a ';' on the end of the previous last test.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
SDRAMC_DARCn_BA() macro worked fine when the BA is 0x00000000 even
though the macro is incorrect. It causes the BA to be set incorrctly
for other base addresses. This patch fixes the macro so that base
addresses other than zero can be used with the MCF5235.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <derosier@gmail.com>
There is a debug call in board.c befor serial interface was initialized.
This moves the debug code behind serial_initialize call.
Signed-off-by: Jens Scharsig (BuS Elektronik) <esw@bus-elektronik.de>
Newer gcc versions warn about unused variables. This patch corrects a few of
those warnings that popped up in a build for the palmtreo680 board.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Create a README.mxs file that contains instructions on how to use U-boot for
both MX23 and MX28.
As boot from NAND has only been tested on mx28, make it clear that it only
applies to MX28.
While at it, do some small cleanups for the sake of consistency:
- Use "MX28" instead of "i.MX28"
- Use "section" instead of "chapter" when referring to specific parts of the
reference manual chapters.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
MX28 can boot from SSP0 or SSP1, so it is better not to hardcode the SSP port
in the instructions.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The SabreSD platform is available with i.MX6Q or i.MX6DL. This patch adds the
support of the i.MX6DL. The config file and the board directory are renamed
to remove the reference to the MX6Q.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
CC: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Align the list of default commands mentioned in the configuration options
paragraph of the README with the actual definitions found in
include/config_cmd_default.h
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@freescale.com>
With CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA, lbaint_t gets defined as a 64-bit type,
which is required to represent block numbers for storage devices that
exceed 2TiB (the block size usually is 512B), e.g. recent hard drives.
For some obscure reason, the current U-Boot code uses lbaint_t for the
number of blocks to read (a rather optimistic estimation of how RAM
sizes will evolve), but not for the starting address. Trying to access
blocks beyond the 2TiB boundary will simply wrap around and read a
block within the 0..2TiB range.
We now use lbaint_t for block start addresses, too. This required
changes to all block drivers as the signature of block_read(),
block_write() and block_erase() in block_dev_desc_t changed.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Silbe <t-uboot@infra-silbe.de>
This patch introduces support for command line arguments to Plan 9.
Plan 9 generally dedicates a small region of kernel memory (known
as CONFADDR) for runtime configuration. A new environment variable
named confaddr was introduced to indicate this location when copying
arguments.
Signed-off-by: Steven Stallion <sstallion@gmail.com>
[trini: Adapt for Simon's changes about correcting argc, no need to bump
by 2 now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The spi clock divisor is of the form x * (2**y), or x << y, where x is
1 to 16, and y is 0 to 15. Note the similarity with floating point numbers.
Convert the desired divisor to the smallest number which is >= desired divisor,
and can be represented in this form. The previous algorithm chose a divisor
which could be almost twice as large as needed.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@gmail.com>
Fix two issues with the calculation of pre_div and post_div:
1. pre_div: While the calculation of pre_div looks correct, to set the
CONREG[15-12] bits pre_div needs to be decremented by 1:
The i.MX 6Dual/6Quad Applications Processor Reference Manual (IMX6DQRM
Rev. 0, 11/2012) states:
CONREG[15-12]: PRE_DIVIDER
0000 Divide by 1
0001 Divide by 2
0010 Divide by 3
...
1101 Divide by 14
1110 Divide by 15
1111 Divide by 16
I.e. if we want to divide by 2, we have to write 1 to CONREG[15-12].
2. In case the post divider becomes necessary, pre_div will be divided by
16. So set pre_div to 16, too. And not 15.
Both issues above are tested using the following examples:
clk_src = 60000000 (60MHz, default i.MX6 ECSPI clock)
a) max_hz == 23000000 (23MHz, max i.MX6 ECSPI read clock)
-> pre_div = 3 (divide by 3 => CONREG[15-12] == 2)
-> post_div = 0 (divide by 1 => CONREG[11- 8] == 0)
=> 60MHz / 3 = 20MHz SPI clock
b) max_hz == 2000000 (2MHz)
-> pre_div = 16 (divide by 16 => CONREG[15-12] == 15)
-> post_div = 1 (divide by 2 => CONREG[11- 8] == 1)
=> 60MHz / 32 = 1.875MHz SPI clock
c) max_hz == 1000000 (1MHz)
-> pre_div = 16 (divide by 16 => CONREG[15-12] == 15)
-> post_div = 2 (divide by 4 => CONREG[11- 8] == 2)
=> 60MHz / 64 = 937.5kHz SPI clock
d) max_hz == 500000 (500kHz)
-> pre_div = 16 (divide by 16 => CONREG[15-12] == 15)
-> post_div = 3 (divide by 8 => CONREG[11- 8] == 3)
=> 60MHz / 128 = 468.75kHz SPI clock
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@gmail.com>
Add a description of how to implement verified boot using signed FIT images,
and a simple test which verifies operation on sandbox.
The test signs a FIT image and verifies it, then signs a FIT configuration
and verifies it. Then it corrupts the signature to check that this is
detected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While signing images is useful, it does not provide complete protection
against several types of attack. For example, it it possible to create a
FIT with the same signed images, but with the configuration changed such
that a different one is selected (mix and match attack). It is also possible
to substitute a signed image from an older FIT version into a newer FIT
(roll-back attack).
Add support for signing of FIT configurations using the libfdt's region
support.
Please see doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to find regions in device tree given a list of nodes to
include and properties to exclude.
See the header file for full documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Normally, multiple public keys can be provided and U-Boot is not
required to use all of them for verification. This is because some
images may not be signed, or may be optionally signed.
But we still need a mechanism to determine when a key must be used.
This feature cannot be implemented in the FIT itself, since anyone
could change it to mark a key as optional. The requirement for
key verification must go in with the public keys, in a place that
is protected from modification.
Add a -r option which tells mkimage to mark all keys that it uses
for signing as 'required'.
If some keys are optional and some are required, run mkimage several
times (perhaps with different key directories if some keys are very
secret) using the -F flag to update an existing FIT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When signing an image, it is useful to add some details about which tool
or person is authorising the signing. Add a comment field which can take
care of miscellaneous requirements.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When signing images it is sometimes necessary to sign with different keys
at different times, or make the signer entirely separate from the FIT
creation to avoid needing the private keys to be publicly available in
the system.
Add a -F option so that key signing can be a separate step, and possibly
done multiple times as different keys are avaiable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
FIT image verification requires public keys. Add a convenient option to
mkimage to write the public keys to an FDT blob when it uses then for
signing an image. This allows us to use:
mkimage -f test.its -K dest.dtb -k keys test.fit
and have the signatures written to test.fit and the corresponding public
keys written to dest.dtb. Then dest.dtb can be used as the control FDT
for U-Boot (CONFIG_OF_CONTROL), thus providing U-Boot with access to the
public keys it needs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Keys required for signing images will be in a specific directory. Add a
-k option to specify that directory.
Also update the mkimage man page with this information and a clearer list
of available commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (v1)
RSA provides a public key encryption facility which is ideal for image
signing and verification.
Images are signed using a private key by mkimage. Then at run-time, the
images are verified using a private key.
This implementation uses openssl for the host part (mkimage). To avoid
bringing large libraries into the U-Boot binary, the RSA public key
is encoded using a simple numeric representation in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for signing images using a new signature node. The process
is handled by fdt_add_verification_data() which now takes parameters to
provide the keys and related information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some changes are needed to x86 timer functions to support tracing. Add
these so that the feature works correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add tracing to Exynos5 boards, so that tracing can be enabled when building
with 'make FTRACE=1'. We use a 16MB trace buffer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For tracing to work it has to be able to access the microsecond timer
without causing a recursive call to the function entry/exit handlers.
Add attributes to the relevant functions to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement this feature on ARM for tracing.
It would be nice to have generic bootm support so that it is easily
implemented on any arch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
For tracing it is useful to run as much of U-Boot as possible so as to get
a complete picture. Quite a bit of work happens in bootm, and we don't want
to have to stop tracing before bootm starts.
Add a way of doing a 'fake' boot of the OS - which does everything up to
the point where U-Boot is about to jump to the OS image. This allows
tracing to record right until the end.
This requires arch support to work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the bootm code is mostly duplicated for the plain 'bootm'
command and its sub-command variant. This makes the code harder to
maintain and means that changes must be made to several places.
Introduce do_bootm_states() which performs selected portions of the bootm
work, so that both plain 'bootm' and 'bootm <sub_command>' can use the
same code.
Additional duplication exists in bootz, so tidy that up as well. This
is not intended to change behaviour, apart from minor fixes where the
previously-duplicated code missed some chunks of code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the arguments to bootm are processed in a somewhat confusing
way. Sub-functions must know how many arguments their calling functions
have processed, and the OS boot function must also have this information.
Also it isn't obvious that 'bootm' and 'bootm start' provide arguments in
the same way.
Adjust the code so that arguments are removed from the list before calling
a sub-function. This means that all functions can know that argv[0] is the
first argument of which they need to take notice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is difficult to automatically test tracing on most architectures, but
with sandbox it is easy enough to do a simple sanity check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support tracing on sandbox by adding suitable CONFIG options. To enable it,
compile U-Boot with FTRACE=1.
The timer functions are marked to skip tracing, since these are called from
the tracing code itself, and we want to avoid an infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tool provides the facility to decode U-Boot trace data and write out
a text file in Linux ftrace format for use with pytimechart.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add hooks for tracing to generic board, including:
- allow early tracing to start early as possible in U-Boot
- reserve memory for trace buffer
- copy early trace buffer to main trace buffer after relocation
- setup full tracing support after relocation
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use -finstrument-functions when tracing is enabled (make FTRACE=1).
Tracing is not currently supported by SPL even if sufficient memory is
available.
When tracing is enabled, we #define FTRACE. This can be used by
board config files to conditionally enable the tracing options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a trace command with sub-commands to start/stop tracing, print out
statistics and dump trace information to memory for later upload to a host.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a library which supports tracing of execution using built-in gcc
features and a microsecond timer. This can be used to record a list of
function which are executed, along with a timestamp for each. Later
this information can be sent to the host for processing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When this test fails it is useful to see the output from U-Boot. Add
printing of this information on failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For some reason this does not normally cause a compiler warning, but the code
seems to be incorrect. Add the missing return.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I am not sure of the meaning of extern inline, but this gives errors
when building with function instrumenting enabled. Change these functions
to static inline.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds cros-ec related device nodes to exynos5250-snow.dts.
It also adds a gpio node to exynos5250.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Hung-ying Tyan <tyanh@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the Quad version of Wandboard; fix compile warning resulting
from having 2G of memory.
Signed-off-by: Tapani Utriainen <tapani@technexion.com>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The device interface is 16 bits wide.
All the available packets are read from the incoming fifo.
Signed-off-by: Roberto Cerati <roberto.cerati@bticino.it>
Signed-off-by: Raffaele Recalcati <raffaele.recalcati@bticino.it>
[voice.shen@atmel.com: address comments from review results]
[voice.shen@atmel.com: clean up for submit]
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Raffaele Recalcati <raffaele.recalcati@bticino.it>
commit 39695029bc15041c809df3db4ba19bd729c447fa
Author: Charles Coldwell <coldwell@ll.mit.edu>
Date: Tue Feb 19 08:27:33 2013 -0500
Changes to support the Xilinx 1000BASE-X phy (GTX/MGT)
Signed-off-by: Charles Coldwell <coldwell@ll.mit.edu>
Make the link-local code conform more completely with the RFC.
This will prevent ARP queries for the target (such as while it is
rebooting) from causing the device to choose a different link-local
address, thinking that its address is in use by another machine.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
SPEAr310 and SPEAr320 Ethernet interfaces share same MDIO lines to control their
respective phys. Currently there is a fixed configuration in which only a
particular MAC can use the MDIO lines.
Call an arch specific function to take control of specific mdio lines at
runtime.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch tackles the time out problem which leads to break the
boot process, when loading file over nfs. The patch does two things.
First of all, we just ignore messages that arrive with a rpc_id smaller
then the client id. We just interpret this messages as answers to
formaly timed out messages.
Second, when a time out occurs we double the time to wait, so that we
do not stress the server resending the last message.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Marvell Dove also uses mvgbe as ethernet driver, therefore add support
for Dove to reuse the current driver.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
Not all boards define an SOC. As a result, we can't depend on that.
This was introduced in 39f985536d
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
A pxelinux server setup for "default" menu is typically an x86 binary.
This does not work well with a mixed architecture setup. Extend the default
search to look for default-<arch>-<soc> and then default-<arch> before
falling back to just "default".
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
ontimeout is similar to default, but is the selection on menu timeout.
This is how cobbler sets a default. The label default is supposed to be
the default selection when <enter> is pressed. If both default and
ontimeout are set, last one parsed wins.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Menus with lots of entries and long append lines are hard to read.
Just show a numbered list using the label or name and make the choice
by entering the number.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
The prompt flag is for displaying a "boot:" prompt in pxelinux. This
doesn't make sense for u-boot as we don't support the pxelinux command
interface. So we should just ignore prompt statements and always show the
menu if a menu is present.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Standard pxelinux servers will typically use a zImage rather than u-boot
image format, so fallback to bootz if bootm fails.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Add support for value of -1 For localboot. A value of -1 means return to
u-boot prompt.
The localboot value is often 0, so we need to distinguish the value from
localboot being selected. A value of greater than or equal to 0 means
attempt local boot command.
If localboot is selected, we don't want to try other entries.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Get the MAC address using eth_getenv_enetaddr_by_index so that the MAC
address of ethact is used. This enables using the a NIC other than the
first one for PXE boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
This patch adds support for the WEMAC, the ethernet controller included
in the Allwinner A10 SoC. It will get used in the upcoming A10 board
support.
From: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Henrik Nordstrom <henrik@henriknordstrom.net>
When use checkpatch.pl to check network related patch, it will report
--->8---
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line,
use /* Comment...
---<8---
So, add --ignore NETWORKING_BLOCK_COMMENT_STYLE into .checkpatch.conf
This will help to keep all driver include network related driver use
the same comment style
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
- remove the builtin 'rootpath' spec (according to U-Boot project
policy) and require user provided environments to contain these
- rephrase the evaluation of the 'muster_nr' approach which allows to
quickly switch among several network boot setups (make the setting
transparent when empty, resulting in default DULG behaviour)
- reduce the ARP timeout for faster network boot
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
- use the default baudrate table for serial communication
- remove hostname/boofile/rootpath defines which were not referenced elsewhere
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
re-order the conditions which make the recovery system startup: combine
those conditions which were explicitly initiated (key press, software
request) and those which post-process error conditions (installer issues)
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
getenv() immediately after setenv() may perfectly legally return NULL, so
make sure to not deference an invalid pointer when creating diagnostic output
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
This patch enables CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE for EXYNOS5.
This patch also removes the hardcoding of UART port from
exynos5250 config.
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds FDT support to the serial s5p driver.
At present disabling the serial console (from the device tree) crashes
U-Boot. Add checks for this case, so that execution can continue without
a serial console.
It also enables the serial_s5p driver recognize the silent_console option.
Signed-off-by: Abhilash Kesavan <a.kesavan@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Some Exynos5250 silicon may require 1.05v on the MIF to be stable, so to be
safe we can default to 1.05v instead of 1.00v. This can be set optimally later
in the boot process by the kernel.
The 0x6 value for 1.05v comes from the MAX77686 datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Bernie Thompson <bhthompson@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch updates the function board_i2c_init() to add support for both
FDT and non-FDT for I2C, and initialise the I2C channels.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Move common flash write code into spi_flash_write_common().
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Flag status register polling is required for micron 512Mb flash
devices onwards, for performing erase/program operations.
Like polling for WIP(Write-In-Progress) bit in read status register,
spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready will poll for PEC(Program-Erase-Control)
bit in flag status register.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no other call other than spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(),
hence removed spi_flash_cmd_poll_bit and use the poll status code
spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready() itself.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the existing spi_flash_addr() for 3-byte addressing
cmd filling in write call.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Defined bank addr code on CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR macro, to reduce the
size for existing boards which has < 16Mbytes SPI flashes.
It's upto user which has provision to use the bank addr code for
flashes which has > 16Mbytes.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch updated the spi_flash read func to support all
sizes of flashes using bank reg addr facility.
The same support has been added in below patch for erase/write
spi_flash functions:
"sf: Support all sizes of flashes using bank addr reg facility"
(sha1: c956f600cbb0943d0afe1004cdb503f4fcd8f415)
With these new updates on sf framework, the flashes which has < 16MB
are not effected as per as performance is concern and but the
u-boot.bin size incrased ~460 bytes.
sf update(for first 16MBytes), Changes before:
U-Boot> sf update 0x1000000 0x0 0x1000000
- N25Q256
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 199.72s, speed 86480 B/s
- W25Q128BV
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 351.739s, speed 48913 B/s
- S25FL256S_64K
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 65.659s, speed 262144 B/s
sf update(for first 16MBytes), Changes before:
U-Boot> sf update 0x1000000 0x0 0x1000000
- N25Q256
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 198.953s, speed 86480 B/s
- W25Q128BV
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 350.90s, speed 49200 B/s
- S25FL256S_64K
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 66.521s, speed 262144 B/s
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Updated the spi_flash framework to handle all sizes of flashes
using bank/extd addr reg facility
The current implementation in spi_flash supports 3-byte address mode
due to this up to 16Mbytes amount of flash is able to access for those
flashes which has an actual size of > 16MB.
As most of the flashes introduces a bank/extd address registers
for accessing the flashes in 16Mbytes of banks if the flash size
is > 16Mbytes, this new scheme will add the bank selection feature
for performing write/erase operations on all flashes.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Read the flash bank addr register to get the state of bank in
a perticular flash. and also bank write happens only when there is
a change in bank selection from user.
bank read only valid for flashes which has > 16Mbytes those are
opearted in 3-byte addr mode, each bank occupies 16Mytes.
Suppose if the flash has 64Mbytes size consists of 4 banks like
bank0, bank1, bank2 and bank3.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bank/Extended addr commands are specific to particular
flash vendor so discover them based on the idocode0.
Assign the discovered bank commands to spi_flash members
so-that the bank read/write will use their specific operations.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
This patch provides support to program a flash bank address
register.
extended/bank address register contains an information to access
the 4th byte addressing in 3-byte address mode.
reff' the spec for more details about bank addr register
in Page-63, Table 8.16
http://www.spansion.com/Support/Datasheets/S25FL128S_256S_00.pdf
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the exact names for W25Q 0x40XX ID's flash parts, as the same
sizes of flashes comes with different ID's. so-that the distinguishes
becomes easy with this change.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Corrected the name of S25FL128S 64K sector part SPI flash,
S25FL128S supported has been added in below commit
"sf: spansion: Add support for S25FL128S"
(sha1: 1bfb9f156a)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
On the xscale, the icache must be invalidated and the write buffers drained
after writing code over the data bus, even if the caches are disabled. Tested
on the pxa270.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Pass '-mcpu=xscale' to the compiler instead of march and mtune. This will cause
gcc to define the __XSCALE__ macro.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
The comment in the low-level initialization function cpu_init_crit() says that
the caches are being disabled, but (oddly) the icache is actually turned on.
This is probably not a good idea prior to relocating code, so this patch turns
it off. Tested on the pxa270.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
This adds a userspace linux utility that writes the u-boot image to an mtd
partition on the docg4 nand flash.
A special utility is required to do this because u-boot is partially loaded by
an initial program loader (IPL) that is permanently programmed to the boot
region of the flash. This IPL expects the image to be written in a unique
format. The characteristics of this format can be summarized as follows:
- Flash blocks to be loaded must have a magic number in the oob bytes of the
first page of the block.
- Each page must be written redundantly in the subsequent page.
- The integrated flash controller's "reliable mode" is used, requiring that
alternate 2k regions (4 pages) are skipped when writing.
For these reasons, a u-boot image can not be written using nandwrite from
mtd-utils.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
This patch adds support for the Palm Treo 680 smartphone. A quick overview of
u-boot implementation on the treo 680...
The treo 680 has a Diskonchip G4 nand flash chip. This device has a 2k region
that maps to the system bus at the reset vector in a NOR-like fashion so that it
can be used as the boot device. The phone is shipped with this 2k region
configured as write-protected (can't be modified) and programmed with an initial
program loader (IPL). At power-up, this IPL loads the contents of two flash
blocks to SDRAM and jumps to it. The capacity of the two blocks is not large
enough to hold all of u-boot, so a u-boot SPL is used. To conserve flash space,
these two blocks and the necessary number of subsequent blocks are programmed
with a concatenated spl + u-boot image. That way, the IPL will also load a
portion of u-boot proper, and when the spl runs, it relocates the portion of
u-boot that the IPL has already loaded, and then resumes loading the remaining
part of u-boot before jumping to it.
The default_environment is used (CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) because I didn't think
that having a writable environment was worth the cost of a flash block, although
adding it would be straightforward. I abuse the CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
option to specify the usbtty for the console (CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV).
Support for the LCD is included, but currently it is only useful for displaying
the u-boot splash screen. But if u-boot is built without the usbtty console, it
does display the auto-boot progress nicely.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
This change is only done where needed: some linker
scripts may contain relocation symbols yet remain
unchanged.
__rel_dyn_start and __rel_dyn_end each requires
its own output section; putting them in relocation
sections changes their flags and breaks relocation.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This change is only done where needed: some linker
scripts may contain __image_copy_{start,end} yet
remain unchanged.
Also, __image_copy_end needs its own section; putting
it in relocation sections changes their flags and makes
relocation break.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
File arch/arm/lib/bss.c was initially defined for BSS only,
but is now going to also contain definitions for other
section-boundary-related symbols, so rename it for better
accuracy.
Also, remove useless 'used' attributes.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Discard all .dynsym sections from linker scripts
Remove all __dynsym_start definitions from linker scripts
Remove all __dynsym_start references from the codebase
Note: this touches include/asm-generic/sections.h, which
is not ARM-specific, but actual uses of __dynsym_start
are only in ARM, so this patch can safely go through
the ARM repository.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
adjust_size_for_badblocks reduces the operation size to account
for the block skipping done by the read/write functions when an
interval (partition name or whole chip) is specified rather than a data
amount.
Erase does not do block skipping, except for erase.spread which takes
a data amount rather than an interval (and thus already does not call
adjust_size_for_badblocks). Calling adjust_size_for_badblocks when
block skipping is not done means that if bad blocks are present,
the "nand erase.part" and "nand erase.chip" commands will fail to erase
blocks at the end of the interval.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Harvey Chapman <hchapman@3gfp.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch fixes a bug introduced while adding DT support
to Exynos FIMD driver:
commit c23f3157d6
Author: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Date: Thu Feb 21 23:53:01 2013 +0000
video: exynos_fb: add DT support for FIMD driver
Even though this part of code was missing, things were working
fine on Exynos5250 because, samsung_get_base_fimd() used
to give the correct base address for Exynos5250 FIMD.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Donghwa Lee <dh09.lee@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Snow has an internal eMMC and an external SD card. Enable these in the
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
init_tlbs() initialize all the TLB entries required for the system.
So disable DEBUG TLB entry before TLB entries initialization.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
"pixis_reset help" command prints the message without a new line "\n",
which makes the prompt on the same line.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Instead of assuming that SYS_TEXT_BASE is 0xFFF80000 calculate the initial
pbl command offset by subtracting the image size from the top of the
24-bit address range. Also increase the size of the memory buffer to
accommodate a larger output image.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
If a variable is used as array subscript, it's valid value range is
0 ... ARRAY_SIZE -1.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Move the common makefile line shared by the SPL and non-SPL to the public area,
so that we can avoid excessive SPL symbols. Some of them will be used by the
SPL later.
This patch is on top of the patch "common/Makefile: Add new symbol
CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT for environment in SPL".
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
There will need the environment in SPL for reasons other than network
support (in particular, hwconfig contains info for how to set up DDR).
Add a new symbol CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT to replace CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
for environment in common/Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
There will clear the BSS in the function clear_bss(), the reset address of
the BSS started from the __bss_start, and increased by four-byte increments,
finally stoped depending on the address is equal to the _bss_end. If the end
address __bss_end is not alignment to 4byte, it will be an infinite loop.
1. The reset action stoped depending on the reset address is greater
than or equal the end address of the BSS.
2. The end address of the BSS should be 4byte aligned. Because the reset unit
is 4 Bytes.
This patch is on top of the patch "powerpc/mpc85xx: support application
without resetvec segment in the linker script".
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
For SD/SPI 2-stage bootloader, the On-Chip Rom code loads the SPL into L2 SRAM,
then jump to it to begin execution. After that, the SPL loads the final uboot
image into DDR, then jump to it to begin execution. The segment .resetvec in
the SPL and in final U-boot is useless.
So, add new symbols CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC for this application.
If CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC is set, the segment .resetvec is excluded
and the segment .bootpg is placed in the previous 4K of the segment .text.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Erratum A-006593 is "Atomic store may report failure but still allow
the store data to be visible".
The workaround is: "Set CoreNet Platform Cache register CPCHDBCR0 bit
21 to 1'b1. This may have a small impact on synthetic write bandwidth
benchmarks but should have a negligible impact on real code."
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Calculate reserved fields according to IFC bank count
1. Move csor_ext register behind csor register and fix res offset
2. Move ifc bank count to config_mpc85xx.h to support 8 bank count
3. Guard fsl_ifc.h with CONFIG_FSL_IFC macro to eliminate the compile
error on some devices that does not have IFC controller.
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.hu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When a T4 board boots from SRIO or PCIE, it needs to finish these processes:
1. Set all the cores in holdoff status.
2. Set the boot location to one PCIE or SRIO interface by RCW.
3. Set a specific TLB entry for the boot process.
4. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID of one PCIE or SRIO for the boot.
5. Set a specific TLB entry in order to fetch ucode and ENV from
master.
6. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID one of the PCIE ports for
ucode and ENV.
7. Slave's u-boot image should be generated specifically by
make xxxx_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_config.
This will set SYS_TEXT_BASE=0xFFF80000 and other configurations.
For more information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please
refer to the document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4 can support the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, and the macro
"CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" will enable the master module of this feature
when building the u-boot image.
You can get some description about this macro in README file, and for more
information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please refer to the
document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When a b4860qds board boots from SRIO or PCIE, it needs to finish these
processes:
1. Set all the cores in holdoff status.
2. Set the boot location to one PCIE or SRIO interface by RCW.
3. Set a specific TLB entry for the boot process.
4. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID of one PCIE or SRIO for the boot.
5. Set a specific TLB entry in order to fetch ucode and ENV from
master.
6. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID one of the PCIE ports for
ucode and ENV.
7. Slave's u-boot image should be generated specifically by
make xxxx_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_config.
This will set SYS_TEXT_BASE=0xFFF80000 and other configurations.
For more information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please
refer to the document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4860QDS can support the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, and the macro
"CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" will enable the master module of this feature
when building the u-boot image.
You can get some description about this macro in README file, and for more
information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please refer to the
document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Currently, the macro "CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" can enable
the master module of Boot from SRIO and PCIE on a platform. But this
is not a silicon feature, it's just a specific booting mode based on
the SRIO and PCIE interfaces. So it's inappropriate to put the macro
into the file arch/powerpc/include/asm/config_mpc85xx.h.
Change the macro "CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" to
"CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER", remove them from
arch/powerpc/include/asm/config_mpc85xx.h file, and add those macros
in configuration header file of each board which can support the
master module of Boot from SRIO and PCIE.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
1. Misalignment will be found in the doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet
file when the tabs are set to 8 characters. And the standard for
u-boot should be 8 character tabs! So this issue should be amended.
2. Add a NOTE for the ENV parameters of the Slave.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
e500v2 processor does not support 8K page size TLB entries.
So create new TLB entry only during NAND SPL boot.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Freescale documentation presents the PowerPC core names in lower case, such as
"e300", "e500", "e600", etc.
Change the upper case occurrences into lower case so that the core names
reported in U-boot can match the ones from the documentation.
While at it also fix a checkpatch error:
ERROR: space prohibited before that close parenthesis ')'
#53: FILE: arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc86xx/cpu.c:81:
+ printf("e600 Core %d", (msscr0 & 0x20) ? 1 : 0 );
Reported-by: Heinz Wrobel <heinz.wrobel@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9131RDB has 1GB DDR.
Out of this, only 880MB is passed on to Linux via bootm_size.
Remaining
-16MB is reserved for PowerPC-DSP shared control area
-128MB is reserved for DSP private area.
Also 256MB, out of this 880MB is required for data communication between
PowerPC and DSP core.
For this bootargs are modified to pass parameter to create 1 hugetlb
page of 256MB via default_hugepagesz, hugepagesz and hugepages
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9131RDB is a Freescale Reference Design Board for
BSC9131 SoC which is a integrated device that contains
one powerpc e500v2 core and one DSP starcore.
To support DSP starcore
-Creating LAW and TLB for DSP-CCSR space.
-Creating LAW for DSP-core subsystem M2 memory
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9131RDB supports Sysclk
-66MHz if jumper J16 is close (default state)
-100MHz if jumper J16 is open
Add targets
-BSC9131RDB_NAND_SYSCLK100 : for NAND boot at Sysclk 100MHz
-BSC9131RDB_SPIFLASH_SYSCLK100: for SPI boot at Sysclk 100MHz
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Linker script is not able find start.o binary. So add its absolute path in
u-boot-spl.lds. This change is similar to u-boot-nand.lds
common/Makefile: Avoid compiling unnecssary files
fsl_ifc_spl.c : It is is responsible for reading u-boot binary from
NAND flash and copying into DDR. It also transfer control from NAND SPL
to u-boot image present in DDR.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
IFC errata A003399 is valid for IFC NOR boot i.e.if no on-board NOR flash or
no NOR boot, do not compile its workaround.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
To avoid sign extension problem, use explicit casting to cast
the SDRAM size to type phys_size_t, or else, if the SDRAM size
is 2G(0x80000000), it will be extended to 0xffffffff80000000
when phys_size_t is type 'unsigned long long'.
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.Hu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Accidentally applied an earlier version of the patch, which set
the compatible to "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-2", lacking the final
".0".
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
This patch allows to configure the net2big_v2 LEDs at startup (through
the GPIO extension bus). The front blue LED is enabled and the SATA rear
LEDs are configured to blink in relation with the SATA activity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
This patch adds support for the CPLD GPIO bus found on some LaCie boards
(as the 2Big/5Big Network v2 and the 2Big NAS). This parallel GPIO bus
exposes two registers (address and data). Each of this register is made
up of several dedicated GPIOs. An extra GPIO is used to notify the CPLD
that the registers have been updated.
Mostly this bus is used to configure the LEDs on LaCie boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
This patch ensures minimal cooling for the net2big_v2 by automatically
starting the I2C fan (GMT G762) at low speed (2800 RPM).
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Acked-by: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
If we try to boot from NET device, NetInitLoop in net.c will be invoked.
If NET device is not installed, eth_get_dev() function will return
eth_current value, which is NULL.
When NetInitLoop is called, "eth_get_dev->enetaddr" will access
restricted memory area and therefore cause hanging.
This issue is found on Tegra30 Cardhu platform after adding
CONFIG_CMD_NET and CONFIG_CMD_DHCP in config header file.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
commit dfe64e2c89
Author: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Date: Mon Jan 14 03:46:50 2013 +0000
mtd: resync with Linux-3.7.1
changed the initialization of BBT options. Fix drivers
jz4740 and s3c2410 which have not been updated yet and
cause compile errors.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Fix the checkpatch warning on the panda.c file for leading
spaces.
Fix the CHECK warnings on the panda.c file for parenthesis alignment.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Detect if we are running on a panda revision A1-A6,
or an ES panda board. This can be done by reading
the level of GPIOs and checking the processor revisions.
This should result in:
Panda 4430:
GPIO171, GPIO101, GPIO182: 0 1 1 => A1-A5
GPIO171, GPIO101, GPIO182: 1 0 1 => A6
Panda ES:
GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO171, GPIO48, GPIO182: 0 0 0 1 1 => B1/B2
GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO171, GPIO48, GPIO182: 0 0 1 1 1 => B3
Set the board name appropriately for the board revision that
is detected.
Update the findfdt macro to load the a4 device tree binary.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
[trini: %s/CONTROL_PADCONF_CORE/(*ctrl)->control_padconf_core_base/ and
formatting for that]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Update the EXTRA_ENV_SETTING for the dra7xx.
The console needs to be set to ttyO0 and the
findfdt needs to be updated to load the
dra7xx-evm.dtb file.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Correct the console sys prompt to display the correct processor
and the corrent board
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reported-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In the omap4, omap5 and am335x common files add a check to ensure that the fdtfile is
defined after the findfdt macro has run. If the file is not defined then warn the user that the
dtb file is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
move uart soft reset code to common place and call
this function from board code, instead of copy and paste
this code for every board.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Cc: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
[trini: Fix igep0033 build, remove 'regval' on pcm051]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
upcoming support for siemens boards switches mpu pll clk in board
code. So make this configurable.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit dfe64e2c89:
mtd: resync with Linux-3.7.1
broke the docg4 driver. Specifically:
- some of the prototypes of the ecc methods changed
- the NAND_NO_AUTOINCR flag was removed
- the ecc.strength element was added.
This patch fixes these. Tested on the docg4 on my palmtre680 board.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
This error may not be defined on some platforms such as MacOS so host
compilation will fail. Use one of the more common errors instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Current DWMMC driver used to give FIFO underrun/overrun error every 3rd time
for mmc rescan command.
In current code FIFO_DEPTH is getting calculated after reading the default FIFOTH
register and extracting the RX_WMARK bits from it i.e (RX_WMARK = FIFO_DEPTH/2 -1).
Instead of storing the correct value, we were recalculating the FIFO_DEPT each
time which is not correct.
Based on "[PATCH V9 3/9] DWMMC: Initialise dwmci and resolve EMMC read write issues"
http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot/160247
Signed-off-by: Hatim Ali <hatim.rv@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Use a negative value of CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET for all NVIDIA reference boards
that store the U-Boot environment in the 2nd eMMC boot partition. This
makes U-Boot agnostic to the size of the eMMC boot partition, which can
vary depending on which eMMC device was actually stuffed into the board.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
A negative value of CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is treated as a backwards offset
from the end of the eMMC device/partition, rather than a forwards offset
from the start.
This is useful when a single board may be stuffed with different eMMC
devices, each of which has a different capacity, and you always want the
environment to be stored at the very end of the device (or eMMC boot
partition for example).
One example of this case is NVIDIA's Ventana reference board.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Enhance the MMC core to calculate the size of each MMC partition, and
update mmc->capacity whenever a partition is selected. This causes:
mmc dev 0 1 ; mmcinfo
... to report the size of the currently selected partition, rather than
always reporting the size of the user partition.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Describe the meaning of CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC, and all related defines that
must or can be set when using that option.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
After waiting for the command completion event, the interrupt status
bits, that occured to be set by that time, are cleared by writing them
back. It is supposed, that it should be command related bits (command
complete and may be command errors).
However, in some cases the DMA already completes by that time before
the full transaction completes. The corresponding DINT bit gets set
and then cleared before even entering the loop, waiting for data part
completion. That waiting loop never gets this bit set, causing the
operation to hang. This is reported to happen, for example, for write
operation of 1 sector to upper area (block #7400000) of SanDisk Ultra II
8GB card.
The solution could be to explicitly clear only command related interrupt
status bits. However, since subsequent processing does not rely on
any command bits state, it could be easier just to remove clearing
of any bits at that point, leaving them all until all data processing
completes. After that the whole register will be cleared at once.
Also, on occasion, interrupts masking moved to before writing the command,
just for the case there should be no chance of interrupt between the first
command and interrupts masking.
Reported-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Since commit 48e0b2bd (powerpc/esdhc: Correct judgement for DATA PIO mode)
we see mx6 systems to hang after doing a 'save' command.
Revert this commit since the original 'ifdef' logic from 7b43db92
(drivers/mmc/fsl_esdhc.c: fix compiler warnings) was the correct one.
Reported-by: Tapani Utriainen <tapani@technexion.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This patch fixes a bug related to mmc writes.
When doing fatwrites on an SD-Card, MMC bus problems can occur. Depending
on the size of the file, "MMC0: Bus busy timeout!" is reported, resulting
in an SD-Card that is no longer responding.
It appears to be, that set_cluster can be called with a size being zero.
That can be with a file that has a size being an exact multiple
(including 0) of the clustersize, but also for files that are smaller than
the size of one cluster.
The same problem occurs if the "mmc write" command is given with a block
count being 0.
By adding a check for the block count being zero in mmc_write_blocks
(drivers/mmc.c), this problem is solved.
Signed-off-by: Ruud Commandeur <rcommandeur@clb.nl>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Cc: Mats Karrman <Mats.Karrman@tritech.se>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
CAP register don't have any information for 8-bit buswidth support
on 2.0 sdhci spec, only from 3.0 onwards bit[18] got this information.
Due to this misassignment in sdhci, mmc is setting 8-bit buswidth using
mmc_set_bus_width even if controller doesn't support.
Below change has code information.
"mmc: Properly determine maximum supported bus width"
(sha1: 7798f6dbd5)
Bug log: <mmc plus and emmc cards)
-------
zynq-uboot> mmcinfo
Error detected in status(0x208100)!
Device: zynq_sdhci
Manufacturer ID: fe
.....
So enable 8-bit support only for 3.0 spec using CAP and for below 3.0
assign mmc->host_caps = MMC_MODE_8BIT on respective platform driver
if host have a support.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The commit d196bd8 (env_mmc: add support for redundant environment)
introduce the following compile error when enable redundant
environment support with MMC
---8<---
env_mmc.c:149: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:248: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:248: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:250: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:250: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:252: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:252: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:254: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:254: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:267: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
make[1]: *** [env_mmc.o] Error 1
--->8---
Add this patch to fix it
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Small conflict over DRA7XX updates and adding SRAM_SCRATCH_SPACE_ADDR
Conflicts:
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-omap5/omap.h
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch corrected the nr_blocks used for W25Q32DW SPI flash.
nr_blcoks are incorrectly assigned on below patch
"sf: winbond: add W25Q32DW"
(sha1: 772ba15474)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Add support for Winbond W25Q80BW SPI flash.
This patch corrected the flash name, nr_blocks and
also commit message header from below patch.
"sf: winbond: add W25Q32"
(sha1: c969abc470)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
As the per the ID tabl the flash is under Uniform 64-kB sector
architecture, hence updated with proper name.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
This patch implements the mux_addr bit fields defined in tmu_control
register (used for debugging purpose)
Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch does the folowing
1. change the data types for unsigned int variable to unsigned
2. change the tmu_base type to struct exynos5_tmu_reg *
3. Add timer functionality for get_cur_temp()
4. error handling in the get_tmu_fdt_values()
5. Add check for curr_temp reading
6. some cosmotic changes.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds commands to access(open/close) and resize boot partitions on EMMC.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds APIs to access(open / close) and to resize boot partiton of EMMC.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch enables and initialises DWMMC for SMDK5250.
Supports both FDT and non-FDT. This patch creates a new file
'exynos5-dt.c' meant for FDT support.
exynos5-dt.c: This file shall contain all code which supports FDT.
Any addition of FDT support for any module needs to be
added in this file.
smdk5250.c: This file shall contain the code which supports non-FDT.
version. Any addition of non-FDT support for any module
needs to be added in this file.
May be, the file smdk5250.c can be removed in near future
when non-FDT is not required.
The Makefile is updated to compile only one of the files
exynos5-dt.c / smdk5250.c based on FDT configuration.
NOTE:
Please note that all additions corresponding to FDT need to be added into the
file exynos5-dt.c.
At same time if non-FDT support is required then add the corresponding
updations into smdk5250.c.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch initialises the local variable 'shift' to zero.
The uninitialised local variable 'shift' had garbage value and was
resulting in unwnated results in the functions exynos5_get_mmc_clk()
and exynos4_get_mmc_clk().
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds FDT support for DWMMC, by reading the DWMMC node data
from the device tree and initialising DWMMC channels as per data
obtained from the node.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch enumerates dwmci and set auto stop command during
dwmci initialisation.
EMMC read/write is not happening in current implementation
due to improper fifo size computation. Hence modified the fifo size
computation to resolve EMMC read write issues.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
PXA270 CPU has turbo mode. The mode is 2.5 times faster than the
default run mode. Activating the mode early significantly speeds
up boot process.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Yanovich <ynvich@gmail.com>
LP-8x4x is a programmable automation controller by ICP DAS. It is
shipped with outdated U-Boot v1.3.0
This patch adds enough supports to boot the board:
- 128M of 128M SDRAM
- 32M of 48M NOR Flash memory
- 1 of 4 Serial consoles (PXA FFUART)
- 2 of 2 Ethernet controllers (DM9000)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Yanovich <ynvich@gmail.com>
Series-to: u-boot
Series-cc: marex
Commit 8f62ca6 "usb: ehci: Support interrupt transfers via periodic list"
didn't include any cache management in the new interrupt transfer path.
It also added an extra write to or_asynclistaddr in usb_lowlevel_init(),
without having flushed out the data there.
Add the missing cache management calls, so that the code works again.
This allows the USB keyboard on Tegra's Seaboard/Springbank boards to
work.
Cc: Patrick Georgi <patrick@georgi-clan.de>
Cc: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Cc: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The Faraday FOTG210 is an OTG chip which could operate
as either an EHCI Host or a USB Device at a time.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds support to both Faraday FUSBH200 and FOTG210,
the differences between Faraday EHCI and standard EHCI are
listed bellow:
1. The PORTSC starts at 0x30 instead of 0x44.
2. The CONFIGFLAG(0x40) is not only un-implemented, and
also has its address space removed.
3. Faraday EHCI is a TDI design, but it doesn't
compatible with the general TDI implementation
found at both U-Boot and Linux.
4. The ISOC descriptors differ from standard EHCI in
several ways. But since U-boot doesn't support ISOC,
we don't have to worry about that.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch makes the minimum power-on delay for USB HUB
become configurable. The original design waits at least
100 msec here, but some EHCI controlers(e.g. Faraday EHCI)
are known to require much longer delay interval.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
There is at least one non-EHCI compliant controller (i.e. Faraday EHCI)
not only leave RESERVED and CONFIGFLAG registers un-implemented
but also has their address spaces removed.
As an result, the PORTSC register of Faraday EHCI always
starts from 0x30 instead of 0x44 in standard EHCI.
So that we'll need a weak-aliased function for abstraction.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
1. The 'index' of ehci_submit_root() is not always > 0.
e.g.
While it gets invoked from usb_get_descriptor(),
the 'index' is always a '0'. (See ch.9 of USB2.0)
2. The PORTSC register is not always required, and thus it
should only report a port error when necessary.
It would cause a port scan failure if the ehci_submit_root()
always gets terminated by a port error.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The ASIX driver calls a basic_init() function during get_info(), so that
not all initialization tasks need to be redone on every init().
Unfortunately, the most important one is still triggered too often: the
driver does a full port and MII reset on every asix_init(), requiring up
to several seconds to reestablish the link.
This patch confines that software reset into the asix_basic_init()
function so that it will only be executed once. This saves about a
second of boot time on systems using BOOTP.
Note: this patch was previously submitted many moons ago as:
usb: usbeth: asix: Do a fast init if link already established
That patch seens to have been lost or forgotten, so this is a rebased
version. It is tested on snow with a Asix USB dongle (Cisco).
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
This commit broke USB2 on link (Chromebook Pixel):
020bbcb usb: hub: Power-cycle on root-hub ports
However the root cause seems to be a missing mask and missing 'break'
in ehci-hcd.c. This patch fixes both.
On link, 'usb start' with a USB keyboard and memory stick inserted now
finds both. The keyboard works as expected. Also ext2ls shows a directory
listing from the memory stick.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the USB keyboard is not answering properly the first request on its
interrupt endpoint, just skip it and try the next one.
This workarounds an issue with a wireless mouse dongle which presents
itself both as a keyboard and a mouse but has a non-functional keyboard
interface.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
(cherry picked from commit 012bbf0ce0301be2482857e3f03b481dd15c2340)
Rebased to upstream/master:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Allow to reconfigure properly the USB keyboard driver when we enumerate
several times the USB devices and its position in the device tree has
changes.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
The flash_info_t->start[] field is limited in size by CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT
macro, which is set to 19 for this board in the board config file. If we inspect
the board/ppmc7xx/flash.c closely, especially the flash_get_size() function, we
can notice the "switch ((long)flashtest)" at around line 80 having a few results
which will set flash_info_t->sector_count to value higher than 19, for example
"case AMD_ID_LV640U" will set it to 128. Notice that right underneath, iteration
over flash_info_t->start[] happens and the upper bound for the interation is
flash_info_t->sector_count. Now if the sector_count is 128 as it is for the
AMD_ID_LV640U case, but the CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT limiting the start[] is
only 19, an access past the start[] array much happen. Moreover, during this
iteration, the field is written to, so memory corruption is inevitable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Richard Danter <richard.danter@windriver.com>
C99's strict aliasing rules are insane to use in low-level code such as a
bootloader, but as Wolfgang has rejected -fno-strict-aliasing in the
past, add a union so that 16-bit accesses can be performed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Move pinmux configurations for the DA830 SoCs from board file
to the arch tree so that it can be used for all da830 based devices.
Also, avoids duplicate pinmuxing in case of NAND.
Signed-off-by: Vishwanathrao Badarkhe, Manish <manishv.b@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Christian Riesch <christian.riesch@omicron.at>
auxclk0 and auxclk1 are utilized on some OMAP5 boards.
Define the infrastructure needed for accessing them
without using magic numbers.
Also remove unrelated TPS62361 defines from clocks.h
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
New i2c_read, i2c_write and i2c_probe functions, tested on OMAP4
(4430/60/70), OMAP5 (5430) and AM335X (3359); should work on older
OMAPs and derivatives as well. The only anticipated exception would
be the OMAP2420, which shall require driver modification.
- Rewritten i2c_read to operate correctly with all types of chips
(old function could not read consistent data from some I2C slaves).
- Optimised i2c_write.
- New i2c_probe, performs write access vs read. The old probe could
hang the system under certain conditions (e.g. unconfigured pads).
- The read/write/probe functions try to identify unconfigured bus.
- Status functions now read irqstatus_raw as per TRM guidelines
(except for OMAP243X and OMAP34XX).
- Driver now supports up to I2C5 (OMAP5).
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The omap2420H4 was the only mainline omap24xx board. Prior to being
fixed by Jon Hunter in time for v2013.04 it had been functionally broken
for a very long time. Remove this board as there's not been interest in
it in U-Boot for quite a long time.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add MMC support for da830 boards in order to perform
mmc operations(read,write and erase).
Signed-off-by: Vishwanathrao Badarkhe, Manish <manishv.b@ti.com>
Add some useful functions, and the corresponding definitions.
Add support for powering on the dra7xx_evm SD/MMC LDO
(courtesy Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>).
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
DRA7 EVM board has the below configuration. Adding the
settings for the same here.
2Gb_1_35V_DDR3L part * 2 on EMIF1
2Gb_1_35V_DDR3L part * 4 on EMIF2
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Update PLL values.
SYS_CLKSEL value for 20MHz is changed to 2. In other platforms
SYS_CLKSEL value 2 represents reserved. But in sys_clk array
ind 1 is used for 13Mhz. Since other platforms are not using
13Mhz, reusing index 1 for 20MHz.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
NON SECURE SRAM is 512KB in DRA7xx devices.
So fixing it here.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The sys_clk on the dra evm board is 20MHZ.
Changing the configuration for the same.
And also moving V_SCLK, V_OSCK defines to
arch/clock.h for OMAP4+ boards.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Slew rate compensation cells are not present for DRA7xx
Soc's. So return from function srcomp_enable() if soc is not
OMAP54xx.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
DRA752 now uses AVS Class 0 voltages which are voltages in efuse.
This means that we can now use the optimized voltages which are
stored as mV values in efuse and program PMIC accordingly.
This allows us to go with higher OPP as needed in the system without
the need for implementing complex AVS logic.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In DRA7xx Soc's voltage scaling is done using GPI2C.
So i2c_init should happen before scaling. I2C driver
uses __udelay which needs timer to be initialized.
So moving timer_init just before voltage scaling.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TPS659038 is the power IC used in DRA7XX boards.
Adding support for this and also adding pmic data
for DRA7XX boards.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The registers that are used for device identification
are changed from OMAP5 to DRA7xx.
Using the correct registers for DRA7xx.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Voltage scaling can be done in two ways:
-> Using SR I2C
-> Using GP I2C
In order to support both, have a function pointer in pmic_data
so that we can call as per our requirement.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
SGX clocks should be enabled only for OMAP5 ES1.0.
So this can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
After having the u-boot clean up series, there are
many definitions that are unused in header files.
Removing all those unused ones.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The newly introduced function setup_warmreset_time(), called
from within prcm_init(), tries to write to the prm_rsttime
OMAP5 register. The struct member holding this register's
address is however initialized for OMAP5 ES2.0 only. On ES1.0
devices this uninitialized value causes a second (warm) reset
at startup.
Add .prm_rsttime address init to the ES1.0 struct.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Patch adds a call of abb_setup() function, and proper registers
definitions needed for ABB setup sequence. ABB is initialized
for MPU voltage domain.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Tseglytskyi <andrii.tseglytskyi@ti.com>
Adaptive Body Biasing (ABB) modulates transistor bias voltages
dynamically in order to optimize switching speed versus leakage.
Adaptive Body-Bias ldos are present for some voltage domains
starting with OMAP3630. There are three modes of operation:
* Bypass - the default, it just follows the vdd voltage
* Foward Body-Bias - applies voltage bias to increase transistor
performance at the cost of power. Used to operate safely at high
OPPs.
* Reverse Body-Bias - applies voltage bias to decrease leakage and
save power. Used to save power at lower OPPs.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Tseglytskyi <andrii.tseglytskyi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
This fixes several warnings like
In file included from ./u-boot/include/linux/mtd/mtd.h:13:0,
from env_onenand.c:37:
./u-boot/build/vct_platinumavc_onenand_small/include2/asm/errno.h:52:0: warning: "ENOMSG" redefined [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The purpose of the __raw* IO accessors is to provide
IO access in native-endian order. However in the current
MIPS implementation, the 16 and 32 bit variants of the
__raw accessors are swapping the values on big-endian
systems if the CONFIG_SWAP_IO_SPACE option is enabled.
The patch changes the IO accessor macros to fix this
broken behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The pci_indirect.c file is always compiled when
CONFIG_PCI is defined although the indirect PCI
bridge support is not needed by every board.
Introduce a new CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE
config option and only compile indirect PCI
bridge support if this options is enabled.
Also add the new option into the configuration
files of the boards which needs that.
Compile tested for powerpc, x86, arm and nds32.
MAKEALL results:
powerpc:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 641
Boards with warnings but no errors: 2 ( ELPPC MPC8323ERDB )
----------------------------------------------------------
Note: the warnings for ELPPC and MPC8323ERDB are present even
without the actual patch.
x86:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 1
----------------------------------------------------------
arm:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 311
----------------------------------------------------------
nds32:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 3
----------------------------------------------------------
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Some ARM compilers may emit code that makes unaligned accesses when
faced with constructs such as:
char mac[16] = "ethaddr";
Replace this with a strcpy() call instead to avoid this. strcpy() is
used here, rather than replacing all usage of the mac variable with the
string itself, since the loop itself sprintf()s to the variable each
iteration, so strcpy() is doing basically the same thing.
Reported-by: Florian Meier
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This commit refactors common/board_f.c and common/board_r.c
in order to delete the dest_addr and dest_addr_sp from
gd_t struct.
As mentioned as follows in include/asm-generic/global_data.h,
/* TODO: is this the same as relocaddr, or something else? */
unsigned long dest_addr; /* Post-relocation address of U-Boot */
dest_addr is the same as relocaddr.
Likewise, dest_addr_sp is the same as start_addr_sp.
It seemed dest_addr/dest_addr_sp was used only as a scratch variable
to calculate relocaddr/start_addr_sp, respectively.
With a little refactoring, we can delete dest_addr and dest_addr_sp.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Jump into full u-boot mode if a 'c' character is received on the uart.
We need to adjust the spl bss/malloc area to not overlap with the
loadaddr of the kernel (sdram + 32k), so move it past u-boot instead.
For raw mmc, we store the kernel parameter area in the free space after
the MBR (if used). For nand, we use the last sector of the partition
reserved for u-boot.
This also enables the spl command in the full u-boot so the kernel
parameter area snapshot can be created.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
If Falcon mode support is enabled (and the system isn't directed into
booting u-boot), it will instead try to load kernel from sector
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR and
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS of kernel argument parameters
starting from sector CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
If Falcon mode support is enabled (and the system isn't directed into
booting u-boot), it will instead try to load kernel from
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME file and kernel argument parameters from
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME, both from the same partition as u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
The non-SPL build of U-Boot on Tegra only runs on a single CPU, and
hence there is no need to enable the SCU when running U-Boot. If an
SMP OS is booted, and it needs the SCU enabled, it will enable the SCU
itself. U-Boot doing so is redundant.
The one exception is Tegra20, where an enabled SCU is required for some
aspects of PCIe to work correctly.
Some Tegra SoCs contain CPUs without a software-controlled SCU. In this
case, attempting to turn it on actively causes problems. This is the case
for Tegra114. For example, when running Linux, the first (or at least
some very early) user-space process will trigger the following kernel
message:
Unhandled fault: imprecise external abort (0x406) at 0x00000000
This is typically accompanied by that process receving a fatal signal,
and exiting. Since this process is usually pid 1, this causes total
system boot failure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
[swarren, fleshed out description, ported to upstream chipid APIs]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
[trini: Applied v1 of the series rather than v2, this commit is the
delta from v1 to v2]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
When running the "save" command several times on a mx6qsabresd we see:
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(1)... done
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
MMC partition switch failed
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(1)... done
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
MMC partition switch failed
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(1)... done
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
MMC partition switch failed
This issue is caused by the incorrect usage of CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART.
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART should be used to specify the mmc partition that stores
the environment variables.
On some imx boards it is been incorrectly used to pass the partition of kernel
and dtb files for the 'mmcpart' script variable.
Remove the CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART usage and configure the 'mmcpart' variable
directly.
Reported-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
The location of valid scratch space is dependent on SoC, so move that
there. On OMAP4+ we continue to use SRAM_SCRATCH_SPACE_ADDR. On
am33xx/ti814x we want to use what the ROM defines as "public stack"
which is the area after our defined download image space. Correct the
comment about and location of CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add a DT simple-framebuffer node to DT when booting the Linux kernel.
This will allow the kernel to inherit the framebuffer configuration from
U-Boot, and display a graphical boot console, and even run a full SW-
rendered X server.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
simple-framebuffer is a new device tree binding that describes a pre-
configured frame-buffer memory region and its format. The Linux kernel
contains a driver that supports this binding. Implement functions to
create a DT node (or fill in an existing node) with parameters that
describe the framebuffer format that U-Boot is using.
This will be immediately used by the Raspberry Pi board in U-Boot, and
likely will be used by the Samsung ARM ChromeBook support soon too. It
could well be used by many other boards (e.g. Tegra boards with built-in
LCD panels, which aren't yet supported by the Linux kernel).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to call the save_omap_boot_params function on am33xx/ti81xx and
other newer TI SoCs, so move the function to boot-common. Only OMAP4+
has the omap_hw_init_context function so add ifdefs to not call it on
am33xx/ti81xx. Call save_omap_boot_params from s_init on am33xx/ti81xx
boards.
Reviewed-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Prior to Sricharan's cleanup of the boot parameter saving code, we
did not make use of NON_SECURE_SRAM_START on am33xx, so it wasn't a
problem that the address was pointing to the middle of our running SPL.
Correct to point to the base location of the download image area.
Increase CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to account for this scratch area being
used. As part of correcting these tests, make use of the fact that
we've always been placing our stack outside of the download image area
(which is fine, once the downloaded image is run, ROM is gone) so
correct the max size test to be the ROM defined top of the download area
to where we link/load at.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
---
Changes in v2:
- Fix typo noted by Peter Korsgaard
This can be useful to force bootcmd to execute as soon as U-Boot has
started.
My use-case is: An SoC-specific tool pushes U-Boot into RAM, along with
an image to be written to device boot flash, with the DT config property
"bootcmd" set to contain a command to write that image to flash. In this
scenario, we don't want to allow any stale bootdelay value taken from
the current flash content to affect how long it takes before the
flashing process starts.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
We know the exact property names that the code wants to process. Look
these up directly with fdt_get_property(), rather than iterating over
all properties within the node, and checking each property's name, in
a convoluted fashion, against the expected name.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Initialized character arrays on the stack can cause gcc to emit code that
performs unaligned accessess. Make the data static to avoid this.
Note that the unaligned accesses are made when copying data to prefix[] on
the stack from .rodata. By making the data static, the copy is completely
avoided. All explicitly written code treats the data as u8[], so will never
cause any unaligned accesses.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The generic-board board_init_f function called board_postclk_init twice.
The first one came from arch/arm/lib/board.c, while the second one
from arch/powerpc/lib/board.c.
This commit deletes the first occurrence.
In addition, the second get_clocks call is moved after
board_postclk_init in order to keep the function call order
both for ARM and PowerPC.
ARM board calles get_clocks function after board_postclk_init.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Make sure to never access beyond bounds of either EFI partition name
or DOS partition name. This situation is happening:
part.h: disk_partition_t->name is 32-byte long
part_efi.h: gpt_entry->partition_name is 36-bytes long
The loop in part_efi.c copies over 36 bytes and thus accesses beyond
the disk_partition_t->name .
Fix this by picking the shortest of source and destination arrays and
make sure the destination array is cleared so the trailing bytes are
zeroed-out and don't cause issues with string manipulation.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image code is fairly complex with various different options. It would
be useful to have comprehensive tests for this.
As a start, create a script which tries out loading a kernel/ramdisk/fdt
from a FIT and checks that the images appear in the right place in memory.
This uses sandbox which now supports bootm and related features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that the code for loading these three images from a FIT is common, we
don't need individual boostage IDs for each of them.
Note: there are some minor changes in the bootstage numbering, particuarly
for kernel loading. I don't believe this matters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use map_sysmem() to convert from address to pointer, so that sandbox can
print FIT information without crashing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new common code to load a flat device tree. Also fix up a few casts
so that this code works with sandbox. Other than that the functionality
should not change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present code to load an image from a FIT is duplicated in the three
places where it is needed (kernel, fdt, ramdisk).
The differences between these different code copies is fairly minor.
Create a new function in the fit code which can handle any of the
requirements of those cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are not actually used in mkimage itself, but the image code (which
is common with mkimage) does use them. To avoid #ifdefs in the image code
just for mkimage, define dummy version of these here. The compiler will
eliminate the dead code anyway.
A better way to handle this might be to split out more things from common.h
so that mkimage can include them. At present any file that mkimage uses
has to be very careful what headers it includes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Loading a ramdisk, kernel or FDT goes through similar stages. Create
a block of IDs for each task, and define a consistent numbering within
the block. This will allow use of common code for image loading.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Define a simple debug condition at the top of the file, to avoid using
lots of #ifdefs later on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Define a simple debug condition at the top of the file, to avoid using
lots of #ifdefs later on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
There are a few over-long lines and other checkpatch problems in this area
of the code. Prepare the ground for the next patch by tidying these up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These functions are now available, so use them to avoid extra code here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
There are two implementations of abortboot(). Turn these into two separate
functions, and create a single abortboot() which calls either one or the
other.
Also it seems that nothing uses abortboot() outside main, so make it static.
At this point there is no further use of CONFIG_MENU in main.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This is not currently used, since autoboot is not enabled for this
board, but the string is missing a parameter. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Add minimal support (only boot from mmc device) for the Congatec
Conga-QEVAl Evaluation Carrier Board with conga-Qmx6q (i.MX6 Quad
processor) module.
Signed-off-by: Leo Sartre <lsartre@adeneo-embedded.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This requires that cpu_is_exynos4/5 should be made available before tzpc_init.
Hence this patch also makes necessary changes to have cpu_info in spl and
invokes arch_cpu_init before tzpc_init in low_level_init.S for smdk5250.
Signed-off-by: Inderpal Singh <inderpal.singh@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Chander Kashyap <chander.kashyap@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
tzpc_init is common for all exynos5 boards, hence move it to
armv7/exynos so that all other boards can use it.
Also update the smdk5250 Makefile and config file.
Signed-off-by: Inderpal Singh <inderpal.singh@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Chander Kashyap <chander.kashyap@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The boot logo matching is now done in following way:
- use LOGO_BMP if it is set, or
- use $(BOARD).bmp if it exists in tools/logos, or
- use $(VENDOR).bmp if it exists in tools/logos, or
- use denx.bmp otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
The number of gpio signal is packed inside CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS macro
(shifted and or'ed with chip select), so it's incorrect to pass
that macro directly as an argument to gpio_direction_output() call.
Also, SPI driver sets the direction and initial value of a gpio,
used as a chip select signal, before any actual activity happens
on the bus.
So, it is safe to just remove the gpio_direction_output call,
that works incorrectly, thus making no effect, anyway.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Tested-by: Robert Winkler <robert.winkler@boundarydevices.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
There are 3 IO expanders on the mx6qsabreauto all reset by the
same GPIO, just set it to high to use the IO.
Signed-off-by: Renato Frias <b13784@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When the mx6slevk board support was added in U-boot there was no device tree
support for mx6sl, so only a FSL 3.0.35 was tested at that time.
Now that mx6slevk support is available we can boot a device tree kernel, by
adjusting CONFIG_LOADADDR into a proper location, so that a non-dt and a dt
kernels can be booted.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The vectoring table has to be placed at 0x0, but U-Boot on MX23/MX28
starts from RAM, so the vectoring table at 0x0 is not present. Craft
code that will be placed at 0x0 and will redirect interrupt vectoring
to proper location of the U-Boot in RAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
This patch adds lpuart support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
Signed-off-by: TsiChung Liew <tsicliew@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
This patch adds FEC support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
In function fec_open(), RCR register is only set as RGMII mode. But RCR
register should be set as RMII mode for VF610 platform.
This configuration is already done in fec_reg_setup(), so this piece of
code could just leave untouched the FEC_RCNTRL_RGMII / FEC_RCNTRL_RMII /
FEC_RCNTRL_MII_MODE bits.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoit Thebaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This patch adds generic codes to support Freescale's Vybrid VF610 CPU.
It aligns Vybrid VF610 platform with i.MX platform. As there are
some differences between VF610 and i.MX platforms, the specific
codes are in the arch/arm/cpu/armv7/vf610 directory.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This patch adds the IOMUX support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
There is a little difference for IOMUXC module between VF610 and i.MX
platform, the muxmode and pad configuration share one 32bit register on
VF610, but they are two independent registers on I.MX platform. A
CONFIG_IOMUX_SHARE_CONFIG_REG was introduced to fit this difference.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This patch does a similar code reogranzation from
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/132179/
which is based on an old version of code (fdt support and bus selection
still not in). It merges this tidy-up on top of the recent code. It does
not make any logical change.
tpm.c implements the interface defined in tpm.h based on underlying
LPC or I2C TPM driver. tpm.c and the underlying driver communicate
throught tpm_private.h.
Note: Merging the LPC driver with tpm.c is left to future patches.
Change-Id: Ie1384f5f9e3935d3bc9a44adf8de80c5a70a5f2b
Signed-off-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The new name is more aligned with Linux kernel's naming of TPM driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a print messages while using 'sf read' and
'sf write' commands to make sure that how many bytes read/written
from/into flash device.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch adds a print messages while using 'sf erase' command
to make sure that how many bytes erased in flash device.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Missing return after memcpy is done for memory-mapped SPI flashes,
hence added retun 0 after memcpy done.
The return is missing in below patch
"sf: Enable FDT-based configuration and memory mapping"
(sha1: bb8215f437)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support interfaces with a preamble before each received message.
We handle this when the client has requested a SPI_XFER_END, meaning
that we must close of the transaction. In this case we read until we
see the preamble (or a timeout occurs), skipping all data before and
including the preamble. The client will receive only data bytes after
the preamble.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
A SPI slave may take time to react to a request. For SPI flash devices
this time is defined as one bit time, or a whole byte for 'fast read'
mode.
If the SPI slave is another CPU, then the time it takes to react may
vary. It is convenient to allow the slave device to tag the start of
the actual reply so that the host can determine when this 'preamble'
finishes and the actual message starts.
Add a preamble flag to the available SPI flags. If supported by the
driver then it will ignore any received bytes before the preamble
on each transaction. This ensures that reliable communication with
the slave is possible.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
This patch is essentially an update of u-boot MTD subsystem to
the state of Linux-3.7.1 with exclusion of some bits:
- the update is concentrated on NAND, no onenand or CFI/NOR/SPI
flashes interfaces are updated EXCEPT for API changes.
- new large NAND chips support is there, though some updates
have got in Linux-3.8.-rc1, (which will follow on top of this patch).
To produce this update I used tag v3.7.1 of linux-stable repository.
The update was made using application of relevant patches,
with changes relevant to U-Boot-only stuff sticked together
to keep bisectability. Then all changes were grouped together
to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
[scottwood@freescale.com: some eccstrength and build fixes]
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Replace all relocate_code routines from ARM start.S files
with a single instance in file arch/arm/lib/relocate.S.
For PXA, this requires moving the dcache unlocking code
from within relocate_code into c_runtime_cpu_setup.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
cpu_init_crit() can be skipped, but the code is still enabled requiring a
platform to supply lowlevel_init().
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Make U-Boot aware of the Tegra20 SKU 7, and treat it identically
to any other Tegra20.
My Whistler board has a SoC with this SKU.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Make U-Boot aware of the Tegra114 SKU 1, and treat it identically
to any other Tegra114.
This value is used on (at least some) Dalmore boards with a production
rather than engineering chip. Such boards are in the hands of some
partners who want to use upstream U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Even when eventually building u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin, separately building
u-boot-nodtb-tegra.bin can be useful, since building it encapsulates the
SPL padding step. If you want to tweak u-boot.dtb and regenerate
u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin, it is then a simple cat operation.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
When adjusting peripheral clocks always use find_best_divider()
instead of clk_get_divider() even when a secondary divider is not
available. In the case where is requested clock is too slow to be
derived from the parent clock this allows a best effort to get close
to the requested clock.
This comes up for commands like "sf" where the user can pass a clock
speed on the command line or "sspi" where the clock is hardcoded to
1MHz, but the Tegra114 SPI controller can't go that low.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Did a 'strings u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin | less' and saw that both
board and board_name == beaver. Didn't test as I have no T30
Beaver board here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add support for Winbond W25Q256 SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
dcbi instruction has been used to clear D-cache lock. However, the cache
lock is persistent for e6500 core. Use dcblc to clear the lock explicitly.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Boot ROM code creates TLB entries for 3.5G space before entering
the u-boot. Earlier we were deleting these entries after early
initialization of CPU. In recent past, code has been added
to invalidate all these entries before relocation of u-boot code.
So this code to delete TLB entries after CPU initialization
is no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Matthew McClintock <msm@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Current driver of p5040 assumes 10G port follows 1G port DTSEC5 in
eth port enum structure, it will assign mdio mux depend on this assumption.
This is not true with Fman V3, which added more 1G ports after port DTSEC5
in eth port enum structure, then 10G ports on p5040 will have wrong mdio mux.
So we use dynamic index for 10G ports instead of hardcoded enum value
when doing mdio mux for 10G ports.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4420 is a subset of B4860. Merge them in config_mpc85xx.h to simplify
the defines.
- Removed #define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CLUSTERS as this is used nowhere.
- defined CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FM1_10GEC to 0 for B4420 as it does not have 10G.
Also move CONFIG_E6500 out of B4860QDSds.h into config_mpc85xx.h.
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
SPANSION recommend S25FL128S supersedes S25FL129P, and the two flash
memory have the same device ID and Memory architecture. So they can
use the same config parameters.
Signed-off-by: Xie Xiaobo <X.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
PC board has different serdes clock setting with PB board, it uses same
serdes frequency setting on bank2 as on bank1. PC board can be distingushed
from PB board by checking CPLD version, if running on PC board, then fix
the serdes reference clock frequency of bank2.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Crossbar switches were wrongly programmed to
route the CPRI lanes to SFP as the connectivity table
was not correct.
Modified it correctly for SFPs connections.
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
QSGMII card has different PHY address against previous SGMII card.
We check the type of card in slots and set correct PHY address to
avoid complainning "PHY reset timed out" during u-boot booting up.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
- Added SERDES2 PRTCLs = 0x98, 0x9E
- Default Phy Addresses for Teranetics PHY on XAUI card
The PHY addresses of Teranetics PHY on XAUI riser card are assigned
based on the slot it is in. Switches SW4[2:4] and SW6[2:4] on
AMC2PEX-2S On B4860QDS, AMC2PEX card decide the PHY addresses on slot1
and slot2
- Configure MDIO for 10Gig Mac
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Use QIXIS measurement registers to obtain sysclk and ddr clock. This
allows using non-standard clock speeds, set by directly writing to
clock chip or store the values in qixis clock data eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
QIXIS includes frequency measurement functions for each major processor
clock input. After reset (and after clocks are stable), QIXIS measures
the clocks against a reference frequency and stores the results in
CLK_FREQ registers. A base register supplies a multiplier which allows
directly obtaining the measured value, without requiring knowledge of
the target system or QIXIS core frequency.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Allow DDR clock runs faster than SPD specifes. This may cause memory
failure, but the user should know what is going to happen when using
higher than expected DDR clock.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
To align with chassis generation 2 spec, all cores are numbered in sequence.
The cores may reside across multiple clusters. Each cluster has zero to four
cores. The first available core is numbered as core 0. The second available
core is numbered as core 1 and so on.
Core clocks are generated by each clusters. To identify the cluster of each
core, topology registers are examined.
Cluster clock registers are reorganized to be easily indexed.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T1040 and variants have e5500 cores and are compliant to QorIQ Chassis
Generation 2. The major difference between T1040 and its variants is the
number of cores and the number of L2 switch ports.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4160 is a subset of T4240. Merge them in config_mpc85xx.h to simplify
the defines. Also move CONFIG_E6500 out of t4qds.h into config_mpc85xx.h.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Added a default RCW(1_28_6_12) and PBI configure file for T4240, so it can use
PBL tool to produce the ramboot image.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Allow VDD voltage overriding with a command. This is an add-on feasture of
VID. To override VDD, use command vdd_override with the value of voltage
in mV, for example
vdd_override <voltage in mV, eg. 1050>
The above example will set the VDD to 1.050 volt. Any wrong value out of
range of 0.8188 to 1.2125 volt or invalid string is ignored.
In addition to the command, if overriding VDD is needed earlier in booting
process, save an variable and reboot:
setenv t4240qds_vdd_mv <voltage in mV>
saveenv
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
"cpu <num> status" should check if core is disabled before printing
the spin table location.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
TN80xx has same PHY ID as TN2020, but it needs different setting to register
30.93 which used to select line, so we read register 30.32 which has
bit 15:12 to indicate PHY hardware version, for TN20xx we will get 3 or 2,
for TN80xx we will get 5 or 4.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Print more detail information including core voltage, RCW source, switch
settings, etc. with bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The "cp" command has not worked since
commit 0628ab8ec5,
because of the following lines, which set the destination
and the source to the same address.
buf = map_sysmem(addr, bytes);
src = map_sysmem(addr, bytes);
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Commit 50ce4c0 "fs/ext4: Support device block sizes != 512 bytes"
modified ext4fs_set_blk_dev() to calculate total_sect based on
get_fs()->dev_desc->log2blksz rather than SECTOR_SIZE. However, this
value wasn't yet assigned. Move the assignment earlier so the code
doesn't crash or hang.
Cc: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
While other architectures have enabled these gcc / ld options for some
time on U-Boot itself, ARM has only been doing this on SPL. Enable this
on full U-Boot as well now.
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add Seagate GoFlex Home support
Start with dockstar configuration
define support for RTC, DATE, SATA and EXT4FS
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
This adds support for the Cortex-A15-TC2 core tile for the Versatile
Express board by ARM. This is mostly a copy of the A5 support file,
but will be extended later with A15 specific options.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
This patch creates a new config for the A5 dual core tile that includes the
generic config for the Versatile Express platform.
The generic config has been modified to provide support for the Extended
Memory Map, as used on the A5 core tile. A5 does not support the legacy
memory map.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
The current ca9x4_ct_vxp platform contains support for a Versatile
Express motherboard with a quad core A9 core tile.
This patch separates the Versatile Express motherboard code and the
A9 specific code, to ease supporting more core tiles in the next
patches.
Andre: merged the first two of Ryan's original patches and did some
checkpatch fixes.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
When base address given was out of valid flash address ranges,
flash_get_info() function returned the pointer to the last
element of flash_info[i] array.
This patch changes this function to return NULL pointer
in such a case, which is more correct behaviour.
The function flash_protect_default() calls flash_protect()
immediately after flash_get_info() invocation.
With this correction, flash_protect() function would be
able to return soon, for NULL flash_info.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Linux Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle says:
Do not add a space after unary operators such as &, *, ...
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Packed structure cfi_qry contains unaligned 16- and 32-bits members,
accessing which causes problems when cfi_flash driver is compiled with
-munaligned-access option: flash initialization hangs, probably
due to data error.
Since the structure is supposed to replicate the actual data layout
in CFI Flash chips, the alignment issue can't be fixed in the structure.
So, unaligned fields need using of explicit unaligned access macros.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Reviewed-By: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When a all 0xFF buffer is passed to drop_ffs, the no-0xFF check loop
will loop forever.
After the fix, If ssize_t i = -1 and size_t l = i + 1, the value of l
will still be 0 as expected.
Signed-off-by: Tao Hou <hotforest@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Adjust the sizes calculated for whole partition/chip operations by
removing the size of bad blocks so we don't try to erase/read/write
past a partition/chip boundary.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Chapman <hchapman@3gfp.com>
This avoids needing a separate U-Boot config when some revisions
of a board have small-page NAND and other revisions have large-page
NAND (except for NAND SPL targets).
CONFIG_FSL_ELBC_FMR is removed -- it was never used nor documented, and
it gets in the way of this change.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
This patch enables the uart tx/rx fifo. Now that fifo is enabled,
the uart read/write functions are modfied to check the UFSTAT register
for fifo status instead of UTRSTAT (as required with fifo's enabled).
Tested by booting linux kernel. Before enabling tx/rx fifo
"Uncompressing linux" message is garbled and after enabling it is proper.
Signed-off-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
According to the latest exynos5 user manual, the equation for
calculating PLL output was changed to
FOUT= MDIV x FIN/(PDIV x 2^SDIV)
earlier it was
FOUT= MDIV x FIN/(PDIV x 2^(SDIV -1))
So updating the clock code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hatim Ali <hatim.rv@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add NAND partition table, EK board support boot up NAND flash using
the same NAND partition table
Add Index in this file
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
This patch implement following things
- The link no longer accessable
- Remove the error configuration command
- Update soldered data flash memory map
- Update at91sam9m10g45ek memory size to 128MiB
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Add sama5d3xek support with following feature
- boot from NAND flash, PMECC support, 4bit ECC @ 512 bytes sector
- boot from SPI flash support
- boot from SD card support
- LCD support
- EMAC support
- USB OHCI support
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
It appears that there are some cases where we have more than 4 banks
of memory. Use CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS if it's defined to handle this.
This will take up a little extra stack space (64 bytes extra if we go
up to 8 banks), but that seems OK.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
This makes fixup_silent_linux() use malloc() to allocate its
working space, meaning that our maximum kernel command line
should only be limited by malloc(). Previously it was silently
overflowing the stack.
Note that nothing about this change increases the kernel's maximum
command line length. If you have a command line that is >256
bytes it's up to you to make sure that kernel can handle it.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Currently the mxsfb driver takes the display timings from the 'videomode'
environment variable.
Provide an example on how to set 'videomode' for using splash screen on
mx23evk and mx28vk boards.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The logic for the whether to configure for polling or DMA
was mistakenly reversed in this patch:
Commit 7b43db9211
drivers/mmc/fsl_esdhc.c: fix compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Haijun Zhang <Haijun.Zhang@freescale.com>
CC: Sun Yusong-R58495 <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Faraday FTSDC010 is a MMC/SD host controller.
Although there is already a driver in current u-boot release,
which is modified from eSHDC and contributed by Andes Tech.
Its performance is too terrible on Faraday A36x SoC platforms,
so I turn to implement this new version of driver which is
10+ times faster than the old one.
It's carefully designed to be compatible with Andes chips,
so it should be safe to replace it.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The Freescale MPC8220 Power Architecture processors have long reached
EOL; Freescale does not even list these any more on their web site.
Remove the code to avoid wasting maitaining efforts on dead stuff.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
The mpc85xx repuires a special layout on the memory device that is
connected to the eSDHC controller interface. But the file spl_mmc.c
didn't handle this specfic case, there needs a special treatmen, in
the powerpc drictory. So, there is no longer to keep spl_mmc.c on
mpc85xx, CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not set.
When CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT is set and CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not
set, there was an error in drivers/mmc/spl_mmc.c:
drivers/mmc/libmmc.o:(.got2+0x8): undefined reference to `spl_image'.
Now, the solution is to move the file "spl_mmc.c" to directory "common/spl".
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
QSGMII card assumed to be used by default, but if SGMII card is used,
it will use different PHY address, but we don't know which card is used
until we access PHY on the card. So we check the card type slot by slot,
if we can read a PHY ID by reading a SGMII PHY address on a slot, then
the slot must have a SGMII card pluged, we mark all ports on that slot,
and fix dts to use the SGMII card PHY address when doing dts fixup
for the marked ports.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4860QDS requires DDRC2 has 0 as base address and DDRC1 has higher address.
This is the requirement for DSP cores to run in 32-bit address space.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This gives boards flexibility to assign other than default addresses to each
DDR controller. For example, DDR controler 2 can have 0 as the base and DDR
controller 1 has higher memory.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The workaround has been updated to use a slightly different magic number.
Change from 0x00003000 to 0x30003000.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This is what we have done for the UTMI PHY on P3041/P5020. Then the PHY
initialization can be reused in kernel without “usb start” command.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Use QSGMII card PHY address as default SGMII card PHY address, QSGMII card
PHY address is variable depends on different slot.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The VSC8574 is a quad-port Gigabit Ethernet transceiver with four SerDes
interfaces for quad-port dual media capability. This driver supports SGMII
and QSGMII MAC mode. For now SGMII mode is tested.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
- set proper compatible property name for mEMAC.
- fixed ft_fixup_port for dual-role mEMAC, which will lead to
MAC node disabled incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
1, Implemented board_ft_fman_fixup_port() to fix port for kernel.
2, Implemented fdt_fixup_board_enet() to fix node status of different
slots and interfaces.
3, Adding detection of slot present for XGMII interface.
4, There is no PHY for XFI, so removed related phy address settings.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 is not defined, QMAN frequency will not
be initialized, and QMAN will have a wrong frequency display.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4160QDS shares the same platform as T4240QDS. T4160 is a low power
version of T4240, with eight e6500 cores, two DDR3 controllers, and
slightly different SerDes protocols.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Separate CONFIG_PPC_T4240 from board config file. Prepare to add more SoC
variants supported on the same board.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4160 SoC is low power version of T4240. The T4160 combines eight dual
threaded Power Architecture e6500 cores and two memory complexes (CoreNet
platform cache and DDR3 memory controller) with the same high-performance
datapath acceleration, networking, and peripheral bus interfaces.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The PIR parsing algorithm we used is not only for E6500. It applies to all
SoCs with chassis 2.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Use decimal and hexadecimal for protocol numbers. It helps to match with
SoC user manual.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4240 internal UTMI phy is different comparing to previous UTMI PHY
in P3041.
This patch adds USB 2.0 UTMI Dual PHY new memory map and enable it for
T4240.
The phy timing is very sensitive and moving the phy enable code to
cpu_init.c will not work.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4240 has voltage ID fuse. Read the fuse and configure the voltage
correctly. Core voltage has higher tolerance on over side than below.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Missing nodes of crypto, pme, etc in device tree is not a fatal error.
Setting up the qman portal should skip the missing node and continue
to finish the rest.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Should check if interleaving is enabled before using interleaving mode.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Update the timing table to support more rank density, based on the theory
that similar density DIMMs have similar clock adjust and write level start
timing. Update the timing for 1600 and 1866 MT/s. Tested with Micron
MT18JSF1G72AZ-1G9E1 DIMMs, iDIMM M3CN-4GMJ3C0C-M92.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
1. fix 10G mac offset by plus 8;
2. add second 10G port info for FM1 & FM2 when init ethernet info;
3. fix 10G lanes name to match lane protocol table;
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Reverse the bit sequence to set and display serdes clock frequency
correctly. The correct bit maps in BRDCFG2 are
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
S1RATE[1:0] S2RATE[1:0] S3RATE[1:0] S4RATE[1:0]
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The L1 D-cache on e6500 is write-through. This means that it's not
considered a good idea to have the L1 up and running if the L2 is
disabled. We don't actually *use* the L1 until after the L2 is
brought up on e6500, so go ahead and move the L1 enablement after
that code is done.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Fix ccsr_gur for corenet platform. Remove non-exist registers. Add fuse
status register.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Makes it a bit easier to see if we've properly set them. While
we're in there, modify the accesses to HDBCR0 and HDBCR1 to actually
use those definitions.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The bit positions for FMAN1 freq in RCW is different for B4860.
Also addded a case when FMAN1 frewuency is equal to systembus.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Singh <Sandeep@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Added the LAN9730 to list of supported devices. This chip is used
in the sEVM, uEVM and som5_evb. Tested on the som5_evb with dhcp
and ping.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Sparc only really sets up the ramdisk, but we should still use
image_setup_linux() so that setup is common across all architectures
that use the FDT.
Cover-letter
Introduce a common image_setup_linux() function
This series continues the work to tidy up the image code. Each
architecture has its own code for setting up ready for booting linux.
An attempt is made here to unify these in a single image_setup_linux()
function.
The part of the image code that deals with FDT is split into image-fdt.c
and a few tweaks are added to make FIT images more viable in SPL.
END
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having similar code in m68k, use image_setup_linux() which
should be common across all architectures that use the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having similar code in powerpc, use image_setup_linux() which
should be common across all architectures that use the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the common FDT setup function that is now available in image. Move
the FDT-specific code to a new bootm-fdt.c and remove unused headers
from bootm.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With fewer #ifdefs the code is more readable and more of the code is
compiled for all boards. Add defines in the header file to control
what features are enabled, and then use if() instead of #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This seems to be a common function for several architectures, so create
a common function rather than duplicating the code in each arch.
Also make an attempt to avoid introducing #ifdefs in the new code, partly
by removing useless #ifdefs around function declarations in the image.h
header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image file is still very large, and some of the code is only used when
libfdt is in use. Move this code into a new file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is very large, and in SPL it isn't always useful to print
out image information (in fact there might not even be a console
active). So disable this feature unless this option is set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fit_handle_file() function is quite long - split out the part that
loads and checks a FIT into its own function. We will use this
function for storing public keys into a destination FDT file.
The error handling is currently a bit repetitive - tidy it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Much of the image code uses addresses as ulongs and pointers interchangeably,
casting between the two forms as needed.
This doesn't work with sandbox, which has a U-Boot RAM buffer which is
separate from the host machine's memory.
Adjust the cost so that translating from a U-Boot address to a pointer uses
map_sysmem(). This allows bootm to work correctly on sandbox.
Note that there are no exhaustive tests for this code on sandbox, so it is
possible that some dark corners remain.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (v1)
This function will be used to print signatures as well as hashes, so rename
it. Also make it static since it is not used outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
We intend to add signatures to FITs also, so rename this function so that
it is not specific to hashing. Also rename fit_image_set_hashes() and
make it static since it is not used outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The string " error\n" appears in each error string. Move it out to a
common place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The existing function is long and most of the code is indented a long
way. Before adding yet more code, split this out into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (v1)
This is the main entry point to the FIT image verification code. We will
be using it to handle image verification with signatures, so rename the
function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function doesn't need to be exported, and with verification
we want to use it for setting the 'value' property in any node,
so rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function has become quite long and much of the body is indented quite
a bit. Move it into a separate function to make it easier to work with.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This code is never compiled into U-Boot, so move it into a separate
file in tools/ to avoid the large #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The FIT code is about half the size of the >3000-line image.c. Split this
code into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
One we split out the FIT code from image.c we will need this function.
Export it in the header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rather than repeat the line
#if defined(CONFIG_TIMESTAMP) || defined(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) || \
defined(USE_HOSTCC)
everywhere, put this in a header file and #define IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP
to either 1 or 0. Then we can use a plain if() in most code and avoid
the #ifdefs.
The compiler's dead code elimination ensures that the result is the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Iterating through subnodes with libfdt is a little painful to write as we
need something like this:
for (depth = 0, count = 0,
offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, parent_offset, &depth);
(offset >= 0) && (depth > 0);
offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth)) {
if (depth == 1) {
/* code body */
}
}
Using fdt_next_subnode() we can instead write this, which is shorter and
easier to get right:
for (offset = fdt_first_subnode(fdt, parent_offset);
offset >= 0;
offset = fdt_next_subnode(fdt, offset)) {
/* code body */
}
Also, it doesn't require two levels of indentation for the loop body.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Cherry-picked from dtc commit 4e76ec79)
Acked-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
Move this definition from aisimage.c to mkimage.h so that it is available
more widely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
We don't measure boot timing on the host, or with SPL, so use both
conditions in the bootstage header. This allows us to avoid using
conditional compilation around bootstage_...() calls. (#ifdef)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than needing to call one of many hashing algorithms in U-Boot,
provide a function hash_block() which handles this, and can support all
available hash algorithms.
Once we have md5 supported within hashing, we can use this function in
the FIT image code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot provides a lot of useful timing information. Provide a facility
to add this to bootstage on start-up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function which allows a (file, function, line number) to be marked
in bootstage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
In a previous CL we added the bootstage_relocate(), which should be
called after malloc is initted. Now we call it on generic board.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Any pointers to name strings that were passed to bootstage_mark_name()
pre-relocation should be copied post-relocation so that they don't get
trashed as the original location of U-Boot is re-used for other
purposes.
This change introduces a new API call that should be called from
board_init_r() after malloc has been initted on any board that uses
bootstage.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some functions don't have a stub for when CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE is not defined.
Add one to avoid #ifdefs in the code when this is used in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
While we don't want PCAT timers for timing, we want timer 2 so that we can
still make a beep. Re-purpose the PCAT driver for this, and enable it in
coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is no longer used since we prefer the more accurate TSC timer, so
remove the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
This timer runs at a rate that can be calculated, well over 100MHz. It is
ideal for accurate timing and does not need interrupt servicing.
Tidy up some old broken and unneeded implementations at the same time.
To provide a consistent view of boot time, we use the same time
base as coreboot. Use the base timestamp supplied by coreboot
as U-Boot's base time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>base
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'Starting linux' message appears twice in the code, but both call
through the same place. Unify these and add calls to bootstage to
mark the occasion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Spang <spang@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
panic_puts() can be called in early boot to display a message. It might
help with early debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Several files use the global_data pointer without declaring it. This works
because the declaration is currently a NOP. But still it is better to
fix this so that x86 lines up with other archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we use CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD on x86, we don't need this anymore.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Since we don't have real-mode code now, we can remove this chunk of the link
script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Graeme Russ pointed out that this code is no longer used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Commit 1865286466 (Introduce generic link
section.h symbol files) changed the __bss_end symbol type from char[] to
ulong. This led to wrong relocation parameters which ended up in a not working
u-boot. Unfortunately this is not clear to see cause due to RAM aliasing we
may get a 'half-working' u-boot then.
Fix this by dereferencing the __bss_end symbol where needed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The gpio spec for bf54x and bf60x differ a lot from the old gpio driver for bf5xx.
A lot of machine macros are used to accomodate both code in one gpio driver.
This patch split the old gpio driver and move new gpio2 support to the generic
gpio driver folder.
- To enable gpio2 driver, macro CONFIG_ADI_GPIO2 should be defined in the board's
config header file.
- The gpio2 driver supports bf54x, bf60x and future ADI processors, while the
older gpio driver supports bf50x, bf51x, bf52x, bf53x and bf561.
- All blackfin specific gpio function names are replaced by the generic gpio APIs.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
- Add comments for watchdog event initialization.
- Make sure the writting operation to MMRs are finished.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
- Move blackfin serial driver to the generic driver folder.
- Move blackfin serial headers to blackfin arch head folder.
- Update the include path to blackfin serial header in start up code.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Remove blackfin specific implementation of the generic serial API when
early print macro is defined.
In BFIN_BOOT_BYPASS mode, don't call generic serial_puts, because
early print in bypass mode is running before code binary is relocated
to the link address.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
There may be dirty data in RDBR, so we should discard invalid data.
This operation also clears RXS bit in STAT register.
Signed-off-by: Scott Jiang <scott.jiang.linux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
BF5xx rx dma causes spi flash random read error.
Accually spi controller has problems both on tx and rx dma.
So remove spi dma support in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Scott Jiang <scott.jiang.linux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
- Disable NAND driver on bf537-stamp.
- Make MMC_SPI optional.
- Disable LCD driver on bf527-ezkit.
- Enlarge BF609 nor flash reserved size from 256k to 512k bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.adi@gmail.com>
Add softswitch_output command for bf609-ezkit to enable softswitches.
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
The early serial should not be configured again in initcode() for BYPASS
boot mode and in start() for the other LDR boot modes.
In BYPASS boot mode, the start up code is located in Nor flash address other
than the DRAM address defined in link script. The code embedded string can't
be addressed by its compile time symbol. Calculate it according to the flash
offset.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Calculate the early uart clock from the system clock registers set by
the bootrom other than the predefine uboot clock macros.
Split the early baudrate setting function and the normal baudrate
setting one.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Define core 1 L1 code sram start address.
Add function to enable core 1 for BF609 and BF561.
Add config macro to allow customer to run core 1 in uboot init code on core 0.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Newer gcc versions will sometimes use a Preg when "r" constraints, but
that'll fail if we use an Ireg in the assignment. So force the code
to always use a Dreg.
This also fixes early boot crashes for older Blackfin parts when compiled
with gcc-4.5. This version ends up selecting the same register for the
input and output variables which corrupts the output assignment triggering
an exception.
P2 = 0xffe02008; /* EVT2 */
R0 = RETS;
CALL 1f;
RTN;
1: P2 = RETS; <-- BAD
RETS = R0;
[P2] = P2; <-- BAD
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Enable VIDEO and NAND supports only when the config options is defined.
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Using IP version for different setting
- Higher version supports 8bit mode
- Higher version bus width setting is different
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Add support for following features:
- nand boot, with PMECC 2bit ECC for 512 bytes sector
- SPI flash boot
- SD card boot
- LCD support
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
[fix -Wimplicit-function-declaration for at91_lcd_hw_init()]
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Since at91sam9n12 is a subset of at91sam9x5, so put all at91sam9n12
definitions in at91sam9x5 head file.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Using IP version to check whether it has wdrbt bit in mode register
Tested in at91sam9x5ek and at91sam9n12ek.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
[fix warning about incompatible parameter]
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The manual resolution in commit ec7023db wrongly removed functions
nand_init and nand_deselect from file drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand_spl.c.
Revert this removal.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The define should not have been put in fdt.h originally, libfdt_env.h
is the proper place for target-specific customizations.
Signed-off-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
This commit adds a license header to fdt.h and libfdt_env.h
because the license was omitted.
U-Boot note: the u-boot libfdt_env.h header portion was not applied to
the u-boot libfdt_env.h because that file was created by Gerald Van Baren
(with a license header). - gvb
Ref: DTC commit 27cdc1b1
Signed-off-by: Justin Sobota <jsobota@ti.com>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
This function is useful outside libfdt, so export it.
Ref: DTC commit b7aa300e
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The boot parameters passed from SPL to UBOOT
must be saved as a part of uboot's gd data
as early as possible, before we will inadvertently
overwrite it. So adding a arch_cpu_init for the required
Socs to save it.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
[trini: Add igep0033 hunk]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The boot parameters are read from individual variables
assigned for each of them. This been corrected and now
they are stored as a part of the global data 'gd'
structure. So read them from 'gd' instead.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
[trini: Add igep0033 hunk]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Currently save_boot_params saves the boot parameters passed
from romcode. But this is not stored in a writable location
consistently. So the current code would not work for a
'XIP' boot. Change this by saving the boot parameters in
'gd' which is always writable. Also add a 'C' function
instead of an assembly code that is more readable.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
These defines are same across OMAP4/5. So move them to
omap_common.h. This is required for the patches that
follow.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
omap_boot_parameters is same and defined for each
soc. So move this to a common place to reuse it
across socs.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
The arm_freq and ddr_freq variables are unused, so remove. Fixup
whitespace slightly while in here.
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
these variables are curently defined in several config files but the
driver doesn't use them and defaults to hardcoded values in
nand_defs.h
It's interesting to be able to change this hardcoded valude when the
hardware is not using the default adress signals to drive ALE and CLE
and two configuration defines already exist for this purpose so use
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
this is needed to bring UART0 out of reset but this function
currently only exists for dm644x/355/365/646x when da850 (at
least am1808 also need it).
Signed-off-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
"cm-t35" in U-Boot source code is called "cm_t35".
Make the change "cm-t35" -> "cm_t35" for better greppability.
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Currently the cm-t35 support code lives under board/cm_t35 directory.
Some of the code can be shared with other/future CompuLab boards,
so move the cm-t35 to live under board/compulab/cm_t35 directory.
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add the flag to allow runtime enviroment variable modifications.
This is being added so that the board-name can be modified at runtime
to indicate either a panda(4430) or a panda-es(4460)
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Fix the device tree loading for panda(4430) and panda-es(4460)
Modify the board name if a 4460 panda or panda-es is detected
at run time.
In the findfdt add a check for the panda-es board name and load
the panda-es device tree blob.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Warm reset on OMAP5 freezes when USB cable is connected.
Fix requires PRM_RSTTIME.RSTTIME1 to be programmed
with the time for which reset should be held low for the
voltages and the oscillator to reach stable state.
There are 3 parameters to be considered for calculating
the time, which are mostly board and PMIC dependent.
-1- Time taken by the Oscillator to shut + restart
-2- PMIC OTP times
-3- Voltage rail ramp times, which inturn depends on the
PMIC slew rate and value of the voltage ramp needed.
In order to keep the code in u-boot simple, have a way
for boards to specify a pre computed time directly using
the 'CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC'
option. If boards fail to specify the time, use a default
as specified by 'CONFIG_DEFAULT_OMAP_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC' instead.
Using the default value translates into some ~22ms and should work in
all cases.
However in order to avoid this large delay hiding other bugs,
its recommended that all boards look at their respective data
sheets and specify a pre computed and optimal value using
'CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC'
In order to help future board additions to compute this
config option value, add a README at doc/README.omap-reset-time
which explains how to compute the value. Also update the toplevel
README with the additional option and pointers to
doc/README.omap-reset-time.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[rnayak@ti.com: Updated changelog and added the README]
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
As part of a review of a recent patch to add a new AM335x board, Tom
found several duplicate and/or unused #defines.
This patch simply removes them.
The two affected configs have been recompiled to check nothing was
broken (from a compilation point of view !!)
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jackson <mpfj-list@mimc.co.uk>
Add 'optargs' variable to be set to additional kernel arguments, similar
to omap3*/am3* usage.
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
USB TLL clocks do not support 'explicit_en', only 'hw_auto'
control (R. Sricharan). cm_l3init_hsusbtll_clkctrl has to be
moved to the clk_modules_hw_auto_essential[] array in order
to make the clock work.
This fix is needed (but not sufficient) for USB EHCI operation
in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
The IGEP COM AQUILA and CYGNUS are industrial processors modules with
following highlights:
o AM3352/AM3354 Texas Instruments processor
o Cortex-A8 ARM CPU
o 3.3 volts Inputs / Outputs use industrial
o 256 MB DDR3 SDRAM / 128 Megabytes FLASH
o MicroSD card reader on-board
o Ethernet controller on-board
o JTAG debug connector available
o Designed for industrial range purposes
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
EMIF supports a global warm reset mode, during which the
EMIF keeps the SDRAM content. But if leveling is enabled
at the time of warm reset for DDR3, the following steps
needs to be done after warm reset:
1) Keep EMIF in self refresh mode.
2) Reset PHY to bring back the PHY to a known state.
3) Start Levelling procedure.
Doing the same.
And also enabling DLL lock and code output after warm reset.
Tested on OMAP5432 ES2.0
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
We are able to tell the difference between xM Rev Ax/Bx and xM Rev Cx,
and have been for some time. The comment above the function however did
not list this, so update.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
I2C4 and I2C5 are utilized on all known OMAP5 hardware platforms.
In order to be able to select one of these buses however, I2C_BUS_MAX
has to be set to 5; do this here.
Please note that for working bus selection, a fix to the i2c driver
is required as well (subject of a separate patch).
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
I2C4 and I2C5 are utilized on all known OMAP5 hardware platforms.
The I2C4 and I2C5 base addresses were however not defined; do this
here.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
I2C4 and I2C5 are utilized on all known OMAP5 hardware platforms.
The i2c5 clock was however not enabled; do this here.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
commit 21144298 (power: twl6035: add palmas PMIC support)
introduced twl6035_i2c_[read|write]_u8
Then, commit dd23e59d (omap5: pbias ldo9 turn on)
introduced palmas_[read|write]_u8 for precisely the same access
function. TWL6035 belongs to the palmas family, so instead of having
an twl6035 API, we could use an generic palmas API instead.
To stay consistent with the function naming of twl4030,6030 accessors,
we use palmas_i2c_[read|write]_u8
Cc: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com>
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reported-by: Ruchika Kharwar <ruchika@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Since TPS659038/TWL6035/TWL6037 all belong to palmas family of TI PMICs,
rename twl6035_mmc1_poweron_ldo by a more generic palmas_mmc1_poweron_ldo
function.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Since TPS659038/TWL6035/TWL6037 all belong to palmas family of TI PMICs,
rename twl6035_init_settings with an more generic palmas_init_settings
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
TPS659038/TWL6035/TWL6037 all belong to palmas family of TI PMICs
Rename twl6035 to palmas to allow reuse across multiple current and
future platforms
As part of this change, change the CONFIG_TWL6035_POWER to
CONFIG_PALMAS_POWER and update usage of header file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
twl6030_i2c_[read|write]_u8 can be used else where to access
multi-function device such as twl6030, so move the register access
functions to the common twl6030.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
u-boot standard i2c read prototype is
i2c_read(addr, reg, 1, &buf, 1)
twl4030_i2c_read_u8(u8 addr, u8 *val, u8 reg)
does not provide consistency, so switch the prototype to be
consistent with rest of u-boot i2c operations:
twl4030_i2c_read_u8(u8 addr, u8 reg, u8 *val)
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
u-boot standard i2c register write prototype is
i2c_reg_write(u8 addr, u8 reg, u8 val)
twl4030_i2c_write_u8(u8 addr, u8 val, u8 reg)
does not provide consistency, so switch the prototype to be
consistent with rest of u-boot i2c operations:
twl4030_i2c_write_u8(u8 addr, u8 reg, u8 val)
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Adds CPSW support to the TI814X EVM configured with
an ET1011C PHY in GMII mode.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Adds an ET1011C PHY driver which is derived from the
Linux kernel PHY driver (drivers/net/phy/et1011c.c)
from the v3.9-rc2 tag. Note that an errata workaround
config option is implemented to allow for TX_CLK to be
enabled even when gigabit mode is negotiated. This
workaround is used on the PG1.0 TI814X EVM.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
TI814x's version 1 CPSW has a different slave_regs layout.
Add support for the differing registers.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Since there are two memory areas defined, vectors and ram,
the linker will error when neither of them are specified for a
section.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Kristiansson <stefan.kristiansson@saunalahti.fi>
The 512 byte block size was hard coded in the ext4 file systems.
Large harddisks today support bigger block sizes typically 4096
bytes.
This patch removes this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Many boot image configuration files refer to the
appropriate documentation file, but these references
contain typos in the directory and file name. Fix
them. Also fix reference to doc/README.SPL file.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Patman requires python 2.7.4 to run but it doesn't
need to be placed in /usr/bin/python.
Use env to ensure that the interpreter used is
the first one on environment's $PATH on system
with several versions of Python installed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Conflicting tags can prevent buildman from building two series which exist
one after the other in a branch. There is no reason not to allow this sort
of workflow with buildman, so ignore conflicting tags in buildman.
Change-Id: I2231d04d8684fe0f8fe77f8ea107e5899a3da5e8
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
If the environment contains an entry like "=value" "\0" we should throw
an error when parsing the environment. Otherwise, U-Boot will enter in
an infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cojocar <cojocar@gmail.com>
Currently the base setting for CFLAGS is split in two possibilities,
one with -DBUILD_TAG appended at the end and one without, the rest of
CFLAGS is the same in both cases. Change this so CFLAGS are always set
and the -DBUILD_TAG is appended in separate ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Microblaze uses gpio which is connected to the system reset.
Currently gpio subsystem wasn't used for it.
Add gpio driver and change Microblaze reset logic to be done
via gpio subsystem.
There are various configurations which Microblaze can have
that's why gpio_alloc/gpio_alloc_dual(for dual channel)
function has been introduced and gpio can be allocated
dynamically.
Adding several gpios IP is also possible and supported.
For listing gpio configuration please use "gpio status" command
This patch also remove one compilation warning:
microblaze-generic.c: In function 'do_reset':
microblaze-generic.c:38:47: warning: operation on '*1073741824u'
may be undefined [-Wsequence-point]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
fdt_initrd add additional information to DTB about initrd
addresses which are later used by kernel.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Include this header to get access to link symbols, which are otherwise
removed.
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yu Kuo <ken.kuoky@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@gmail.com>
Without this additional delay, some eMMC don't negotiate properly bus width
Tested on:
- Toshiba THGBM2G8D8FBAIB
- Toshiba THGBM4G4D1HBAR
- Micron MTFC4GMVEA (the one giving the problem)
- Hynix H26M64002BNR
- SanDisk SDIN5E1-32G
Signed-off-by: Davide Bonfanti <davide.bonfanti@bticino.it>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Most of time that MMC driver spends on initializing a device is polling
OCR (operation conditions register). To decouple this polling loop,
device init is split into two parts: The first part fires the OCR query
command, and the second part polls the result. So the caller is now no
longer bound to the OCR-polling delay; he may fire the query, go
somewhere and then come back later for the result.
To use this, call mmc_set_preinit() on any device which needs this.
This can save significant amounts of time on boot (e.g. 200ms) by
hiding the MMC init time behind other init.
Signed-off-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This function turns on the LCDIF clock and configures it's frequency. The
dividers settings are calculated within the function and the current
implementation should be fast and accurate.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
MUX2_CTR is on GPIO1[5], not GPIO2[5], and it needs to be set high in order to
connect the FEC.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Removed internal cache_flush operations and placed a flush of the
entire frame-buffer at the end of each public function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
All these macros are completely unused by any code.
CONFIG_FPGA is not a bitfield anymore.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Ensure that wrong bitstream won't be loaded
to current device.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Devcfg device requires to load bitstream in binary format.
But u-boot also has an option for loading bitstream in bit
format. Let's handle both cases by zynqpl driver.
Also add suport for loading partial bitstreams.
The first driver version was done by:
Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
All fpga functions use devnum as int. Only fpga_loadbitstream
is using it as unsinged long dev.
This patch synchronize it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In bitstream decoding you can directly check device
which you want to load and in fpga.c are fpga_validate
and fpga_dev_info functions which should be used for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
CONFIG_FPGA in past was a bitfield where bits
were use for vendor identification.
This fix should be the part of this commit:
"Improve configuration of FPGA subsystem"
(sha1: 0133502e39)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The u-boot-imx23.bd and u-boot-imx28.bd need to be preprocessed, otherwise
they have issues with out-of-tree build where elftosb tool couldn't sometimes
find the u-boot.bin and spl/u-boot-spl.bin .
Preprocess these .bd files with sed and insert full path to u-boot.bin and
spl/u-boot-spl.bin to prevent this issue. Moreover, to avoid adding more
churn into main Makefile, move all this preprocessing and u-boot.sb generation
into CPU directory instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The VDDMEM ramped up in very weird way as it was horribly misconfigured.
Instead of setting up VDDMEM in one swipe, let it rise slowly the same
way as VDDD and VDDA in spl_power_init.c and then only clear ILIMIT before
memory gets inited. This makes sure the VDDMEM rises sanely, not jumps up
and down as it did till now.
The VDDMEM prior to this change did this:
2V0____ .--------2V5
| `--'
0V____|
The VDDMEM now does this:
2V0_____,-----------2V5
/
0V__|
Moreover, VDDIO on MX23 uses 25mV steps while MX28 uses 50mV steps,
fix this difference too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Put an explanation in the source code as to why some DDR registers do not
need to be configured.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
After the recent fixes in the mx23 DDR setup, it is safe to operate DDR voltage
at the recommended 2.5V voltage level again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
We can use a common global method for calculating minimum of
3 numbers. Put the same in 'common header' and let 'ehci'
use it.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Fix the Port status bit constants and Port feature number
constants as a part of USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 Hub class.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Untill now we power-cycle (aka: disable power on a port
and re-enabling again) one port at a time.
Delay of 20ms for Port-power to change multiplies with
number of ports in this case.
So better we parallelize this process:
disable power on all ports, wait for port-power to stabilize
and then re-enable the power subsequently.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
This adds usb framework support for super-speed usb, which will
further facilitate to add stack support for xHCI.
Signed-off-by: Vikas C Sajjan <vikas.sajjan@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Patch b6d7852c increases timeout for enumeration, taking
worst case to be 10 sec.
get_timer() api returns timestamp in milliseconds, which is
what we are checking in the do-while() loop in usb_hub_configure()
(get_timer(start) < CONFIG_SYS_HZ * 10).
This should give us a required check for 10 seconds, and thereby
we don't need to add additional mdelay of 100 microseconds in
each cycle.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Fetch the device class into usb device's dwcriptors,
so that the host controller's driver can use this info
to differentiate between HUB and DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
XHCI ports are powered on after a H/W reset, however
EHCI ports are not. So disabling and re-enabling power
on all ports invariably.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
USB_PRINTF, USB_HUB_PRINTF, USB_STOR_PRINTF, USB_KBD_PRINTF
are nothing but conditional debug prints, depending on DEBUG.
So better remove them and use debug() simply.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
This patch adds a new 'usb test' command, that will set a port to a USB
2.0 test mode (see USB 2.0 spec 7.1.20). It supports all five test modes
on both downstream hub ports and ordinary device's upstream ports. In
addition, it supports EHCI root hub ports.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
This commit allows pxa2xx based boards to reimplement reset_cpu()
function with board specific reset sequence.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Dalek <luk0104@gmail.com>
This patch adds a driver for the diskonchip G4 nand flash device. It is based
on the driver from the linux kernel.
This also includes a separate SPL driver. A separate SPL driver is used because
the device operates in a different mode (reliable mode) when loading a boot
image, and also because the storage format of the boot image is different from
normal data (pages are stored redundantly). The SPL driver basically mimics how
a typical IPL reads data from the device. The special operating mode and
storage format are used to compensate for the fact that the IPL does not contain
the BCH ecc decoding algorithm (due to size constraints). Although the u-boot
SPL *could* use ecc, it operates like an IPL for the sake of simplicity and
uniformity, since the IPL and SPL share the task of loading the u-boot image.
As a side benefit, the SPL driver is very small.
[port from linux kernel 3.4 commit 570469f3bde7f71cc1ece07a18d54a05b6a8775d]
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
If CONFIG_USB_DEV_PULLUP_GPIO is defined, a link error occurs because the
set_GPIO_mode() helper function is not implemented. This function doesn't do
much except make the code a little more readable, so I just manually coded its
equivalent and removed the prototype from the header file. It is invoked no
where else in the code.
While I was at it, I noticed that two other function prototypes in the same
header file are also neither implemented nor invoked anywhere, so I removed them
as well.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Make lcd_init() a weak pointer so that boards can overload it if necessary. The
palmtreo680 board needs to wiggle some gpios and configure the pwm controller in
order to get the lcd and its backlight working.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
This patch adds the bitrev library from the linux kernel. This is a simple
algorithm that uses an 8 bit look-up table to reverse the bits in data types of
8, 16, or 32 bit widths. The docg4 nand flash driver uses it.
[port from linux kernel v3.9 commit 7ee32a6d30d1c8a3b7a07a6269da8f0a08662927]
[originally added: v2.6.20 by commit a5cfc1ec58a07074dacb6aa8c79eff864c966d12]
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Legacy iomux support is no longer needed now that all boards have been converted
to iomux-v3.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
There is no change of behavior, except for the folloing line that has been
removed because the iomux mode was not set accordingly and the pad used for OTG
OC is not this one:
mxc_iomux_set_input(MX53_USBOH3_IPP_IND_OTG_OC_SELECT_INPUT, 1);
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Allow usage of the imx-common/iomux-v3.h framework by including pad settings for
the i.MX53. The content of the file is taken from Freescale's Linux kernel at
commit 4ab3715, plus the required changes to make it work in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, except for older silicon revisions for which
support is removed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, except for older silicon revisions for which
support is removed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Tested-by: Matt Sealey <matt@genesi-usa.com>
There is no change of behavior, except for older silicon revisions for which
support is removed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Add missing definitions that are required by future changes.
By the way, make some cosmetic cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
In ALT1 mode, EIM_CS2 is GPIO2[27], not ESDHC1.CD. Hence, rename
MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__SD1_CD to MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__GPIO2_27.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Legacy iomux support is no longer needed now that all boards have been converted
to iomux-v3.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
The signal connected from this pin to the PMIC is WDOG_B, i.e. ALT0 mode, not
ALT1 (which even corresponds to nothing).
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Allow usage of the imx-common/iomux-v3.h framework by including pad settings for
the i.MX35. The content of the file is taken from Linux kernel at commit
267dd34, plus the required changes to make it work in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Legacy iomux support is no longer needed now that all boards have been converted
to iomux-v3.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, even if some pad control values could probably
be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, even if some pad control values could probably
be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, even if some pad control values could probably
be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Allow usage of the imx-common/iomux-v3.h framework by including pad settings for
the i.MX25. The content of the file is taken from Linux kernel at commit
267dd34, plus the required changes to make it work in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Add support for generic NAND SPL via the SPL framework into the
mxc_nand_spl driver. This is basically just a simple rename and
publication of the already implemented functions. To avoid the
bare-bones functions getting in the way of the NAND_SPL, build
them only if CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not defined.
Also make sure the requested payload is aligned to full pages,
otherwise this simple driver fails to load the last page.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
FSL bootlets code set the PORT_PRIORITY_ORDER field of register HW_EMI_CTRL
as 0x2, which means:
PORT0231 = 0x02 Priority Order: AXI0, AHB2, AHB3, AHB1
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
HW_DRAM_CTL27, HW_DRAM_CTL28 and HW_DRAM_CTL35 are not initialized as per
FSL bootlets code.
mx23 Reference Manual mark HW_DRAM_CTL27 and HW_DRAM_CTL28 as "reserved".
HW_DRAM_CTL8 is setup as the last element.
So skip the initialization of these DRAM_CTL registers.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
On mx23 there is no 'DRAM init complete' in register HW_DRAM_CTL18.
Remove this erroneous setting.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Change MUX_CONFIG_EMI to use the same drive strength as the bootlets code from
Freescale, which results in much better stability.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Change MUX_CONFIG_EMI to use the same drive strength as the bootlets code from
Freescale, which results in much better stability.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
On mx23 the pad voltage selection bit needs to be always '0', since '1' is a
reserved value.
For example:
Pin 108, EMI_A06 pin voltage selection:
0= 1.8V (mDDR) or 2.5V (DDR1);
1= reserved.
Fix the pad voltage definitions for the mx23 case.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With the u-boot-with-spl.bin rule calling $(OBJCOPY) with
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO, and CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO defaulting to
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE we cannot use math here, so set it to 4096 rather
than 4 * 1024.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The Hydra and Superhydra (P3041DS, P5020DS, and P5040DS) boards have a
second USB port that can be configured in either host, peripheral (aka
device), or OTG (on-the-go) mode. When configured in host mode, if
the port is connected to another USB host, damage to the board can
occur.
To avoid this, we change the default setting to peripheral mode. Ideally,
we'd set it to OTG mode, but currently there is no OTG support for
these boards.
Setting the hwconfig variable will also update the device tree, and so
Linux will configure the port for peripheral mode as well.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@tabi.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When P1021RDB-PC reboot system, the board will hung at uboot DDR
configuration. For P1021RDB-PC DDR reset pin is multiplex with
QE, so uboot will reserve this pin for QE and skip DDR reset.
Other platforms without QE will do this reset. This patch adds
a slight code to reset DDR chip by QE CE_PB8 pin for NAND and
NOR FLASH boot. For booting from SPI FALSH and SD card, it
seems possible to use the rom on chip to write to the GPIO
pins before configuring the DDR.
Signed-off-by: Xu Jiucheng <B37781@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Xie Xiaobo <X.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Extending LIODN offset range from 1-5 to 1-10
While using a qman portal with a higher index the LIODN offset
is incorrectly set, thus extending the range of offsets covers
all 10 qman portals
Signed-off-by: Cristian Sovaiala <cristian.sovaiala@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Haiying Wang <Haiying.Wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Change flexcan compatible string from "fsl,flexcan-v1.0"
to "fsl,p1010-flexcan" to match the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Only some chips have four SerDes banks, so don't define lanes for a bank
that doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@tabi.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Resolve P1020 second USB controller multiplexing with eLBC
- mandatory to mention USB2 in hwconfig string to select it
over eLBC, otherwise USB2 node is removed
- works only for SPI and SD boot
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Zhicheng Fan <B32736@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
There could be scenarios where the user would like to manually(via JTAG)
configure the DDR/L2SRAM and load the bootloader binary onto DDR/L2SRAM.
This document explains thse usecases and the detailed explanation of what needs
to be done to use it.
Most of the code from CONFIG_SYS_RAMBOOT will be used except for small changes
of CCSRBAR etc.
The changes are not very large, but it is good to document them so that user
can get it working at once.
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
As per Errata list of BSC9131 and BSC9132, IFC Errata A003399 is no more
valid. So donot compile its workaround.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
On P204x/P304x/P50x0 Rev1.0, USB transmit will result in false internal
multi-bit ECC errors, which has impact on performance, so software should
disable all ECC reporting from USB1 and USB2.
In formal release document, the errata number should be USB14 instead of USB138.
Signed-off-by: xulei <Lei.Xu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: xulei <B33228@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Add the tlb entries based on the configuration of the SRIO interfaces.
Every SRIO interface has 256M space:
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO1_MEM_VIRT 0xa0000000
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO1_MEM_PHYS 0xc20000000ull
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO2_MEM_VIRT 0xb0000000
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO2_MEM_PHYS 0xc30000000ull
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Some legacy RGMII phys don't have in band signaling for the
speed information. so set the RGMII MAC mode according to
the speed got from PHY.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Reported-by: John Traill <john.traill@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
For T4/B4, the clockgen node compatible string is updated to version 2.
Add clock-frequency setting for this new version.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Per the latest errata updated, B4860/B4420 Rev 1.0 has also
errata A-005871, so adding define A-005871 for B4 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4420/B4860 PCIE can not work because of the wrong definition of
the PCIE register offset in the file:
arch/powerpc/include/asm/immap_85xx.h
Add the judgement of B4420/B4860 to make the register offset to:
#define CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_PCIE1_OFFSET 0x200000
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Add defines needed to access NAND, remove second flash bank that is
actually connected to NAND.
Add nand booting support for P1022DS with hardcoded DDR config using
SPL framework from 2011
Signed-off-by: Matthew McClintock <msm@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Huang <Chang-Ming.Huang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiang Yutang <b14898@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Set the device tree property associated with the mpic source
frequency. The frequency is used for mpic timer.
Signed-off-by: Wang Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The 'fsl,pme-rev1' and 'fsl-pme-rev2' properties have been added to the
pme portal node. This is required for software to determine which version
of PME hardware is present and take appropriate actions.
These properties are a direct reflection of the corresponding ccsr pme
register value.
Also removed unnecessary static global variables.
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Ladouceur <Jeffrey.Ladouceur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
For linux 3.x, the size of each item in interrupt-map property is 9 not 7.
Don't use the static value and calculate the size with following cells:
PCI #address-cells, PCI #interrupt-cells,
PIC address, PIC #address-cells, PIC #interrupt-cells.
Signed-off-by: Bin Jiang <bin.jiang@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The changes to a3m071/a4m2k in summary are:
- Enable CAN1 on I2C in GPS Port Configuration
- Enable SPI on PSC2
- Activate network console
- New flash partitioning
- Fix some typos
- Pass host name to Linux
- Change rootfs to squashfs,jffs2
- Enable UBI/UBIFS support
- Enable FIT support
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The v2013.04 release has this patch set included:
5cb48582 "Add architecture-specific global data"
With this, the global_data struct is now common and new variables
have been added. Resulting in a bigger struct. Unfortunately the
currently allocated 128 bytes are just a bit too small for this
new struct.
This patch now uses the automatically generated struct size instead to
not run into this problem again.
Please note that this problem might hit some other platforms which
currently reserve a tight space of 128 bytes for the global_data
struct!
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The redundancy related defines are only correct for NAND, so guard all
of that area with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch add support for storing the environment redundant on
mmc devices. Substantially it re-uses the logic from the NAND implementation,
that means using an incremental counter for marking newer data.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Delete all occurrences of hang() and provide a generic function.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
[trini: Modify check around puts() in hang.c slightly]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In order to use the generic hang() later on pull libgeneric in SPL.
This has no impact on the SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
In order to use the generic hang() later on pull libgeneric in SPL.
This has no impact on the SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
log2 of the device block size serves as the shift value used to calculate
the block number to read in file systems when implementing avaiable block
sizes.
It is needed quite often in file systems thus it is pre-calculated and
stored in the block device descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Bugfix:
Here at this place we need the fat size in sectors not bytes.
This was found during code review when adding support for storage
devices with blocksizes != 512.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
For ISO we check the block size of the device if this is != the CD sector
size we assume that the device has no ISO partition.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Disks beyond 2T in size use blocksizes of 4096 bytes. However a lot of
code in u-boot still assumes a 512 byte blocksize.
This patch fixes the handling of GPTs.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Devices that used to have a whole disk FAT filesystem but got then
partitioned will most likely still have a FAT or FAT32 signature
in the first sector as this sector does not get overwritten by
a partitioning tool (otherwise the tool would risk to kill the mbr).
The current partition search algorithm will erronously detects such
a device as a raw FAT device.
Instead of looking for the FAT or FAT32 signatures immediately we
use the same algorithm as used by the Linux kernel and first check
for a valid boot indicator flag on each of the 4 partitions.
If the value of this flag is invalid for the first entry we then
do the raw partition check.
If the flag for any higher partition is wrong we assume the device
is neiter a MBR nor PBR device.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
The number 512 appears quite a bit in the mmc code. Add a constant for this
so that it can be used here and in other parts of the code (e.g. SPL code
which loads from mmc).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Add "setexpr name gsub r s [t]" and "setexpr name sub r s [t]"
commands which implement substring matching for the regular
expression <r> in the string <t>, and substitution of the string <s>.
The result is assigned to the environment variable <name>. If <t> is
not supplied, the previous value of <name> is used instead. "gsub"
performs global substitution, while "sub" will replace only the first
substring.
Both commands are closely modeled after the gawk functions with the
same names.
Examples:
- Generate broadcast address by substituting the last two numbers of
the IP address by "255.255":
=> print ipaddr
ipaddr=192.168.1.104
=> setexpr broadcast sub "(.*\\.).*\\..*" "\\1255.255" $ipaddr
broadcast=192.168.255.255
- Depending on keyboard configuration (German vs. US keyboard) a
barcode scanner may initialize the MAC address as C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
or as C0>E5>4E>02>06>DC. Make sure we always have a correct value:
=> print ethaddr
ethaddr=C0>E5>4E>02>06>DC
=> setexpr ethaddr gsub > :
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
- Do the same, but substitute one step at a time in a loop until no
futher matches:
=> setenv ethaddr C0>E5>4E>02>06>DC
=> while setexpr ethaddr sub > :
> do
> echo -----
> done
ethaddr=C0:E5>4E>02>06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E>02>06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02>06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
-----
C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC: No match
=> print ethaddr
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
etc.
To enable this feature, the CONFIG_REGEX option has to be defined in
the board config file.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Simplify the argument checking for the "setexpr" command. This is
done mainly to make future extensions easier.
Also improve the help message for the one argument version of the
command - this does not "load an address", but a value, which in
this context may be a plain number or a pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
When CONFIG_REGEX is enabled, the new option "-e" becomes available
which causes regular expression matches to be used. This allows for
example things like these:
- print all MAC addresses:
=> env grep -e eth.*addr
eth1addr=00:10:ec:80:c5:15
ethaddr=00:10:ec:00:c5:15
- print all variables that have at least 2 colons in their value:
=> env grep -v -e :.*:
addip=setenv bootargs ${bootargs} ip=${ipaddr}:${serverip}:${gatewayip}:${netmask}:${hostname}:${netdev}:off
panic=1
eth1addr=00:10:ec:80:c5:15
ethaddr=00:10:ec:00:c5:15
ver=U-Boot 2013.04-rc1-00289-g497746b-dirty (Mar 22 2013 - 12:50:25)
etc.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Downloaded from http://slre.sourceforge.net/
and adapted for U-Boot environment.
Used to implement regex operations on environment variables.
Code size is ~ 3.5 KiB on PPC.
To enable this code, define the CONFIG_REGEX option in your board
config file.
Note: There are more recent versions of the SLRE library available at
http://slre.googlecode.com ; unfortunately, the new code has a heavily
reorked API which makes it less usable for our purposes:
- the return code is strings, which are more difficult to process
- we don't get any information any more which sub-string of the data
was matched by the given regex
- it is much more cumbersome to work with arbitrary expressions, where
for example the number of substrings for capturing are not known at
compile time
Also, there does not seem to be any real changes or improvements of
the functionality.
Because of this, we deliberately stick with the older code.
Note 2: the test code (built when SLRE_TEST is defined) was modified
to allow for more extensive testing; now we can test the regexp
matching on all lines on a text file (instead of the whole data in the
file as a single block).
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Add options to "env grep" command:
-n : search only the envrironment variable names
-v : search only their values
-b : search both names and values (= default)
An option "--" will stop parsing options, so to print variables that
contain the striing "- " please use:
env grep -- "- "
Or to print all environment varioables which have a '-' in their name,
use:
env grep -n -- -
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
The output of "env grep" is unsorted, and printing is done by a
private implementation to parse the hash table. We have all the
needed code in place in hexport_r() alsready, so let's use this
instead. Here we prepare the code for this, without any functional
changes yet.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
block_read returns unsigned long, so it doesn't make sense to check for
< 0. and neither does marking the header structure as const and then
casting away the constness to load data into it.
Also cleanup some unneeded pointer casting while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This allows write of files from the host filesystem in sandbox. There is
currently no concept of overwriting the file and removing its existing
contents - all writing is done on top of what is there. This means that
writing 10 bytes to the start of a 1KB file will only update those 10
bytes, not truncate the file to 10 byte slong.
If the file does not exist it is created.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enhance the source command to work with sandbox, by using map_sysmem() to
convert a ulong address into a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows passing of entire scripts to sandbox with the -c argument,
which is useful for testing. Commands can be delimited with a newline
or semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 3b73459ea3.
In practice it doesn't seem like a good idea to make the the working
FDT point to the control FDT. Now that we can access the control FDT
using the 'fdt' command, there is no need for this feature. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is an existing fdt command to deal with the working FDT. Enhance this
to support the control FDT also (CONFIG_OF_CONTROL).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This conversion is required in a number of places in U-Boot. Add a
standard function to provide this feature, so we avoid all the different
variations in the way it is coded.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this only checks working_fdt, but we want to check other FDTs
also. So add the FDT to check as a parameter to fdt_valid().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With sandbox it is tricky to add an FDT to the image at build time (or
later) since we build an ELF file, not a plain binary, and the address
space of the whole U-Boot is not accessible in the emulated memory map
of sandbox.
Sandbox can read files directly from the host, though, so add an option
to read an FDT from a host file on start-up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add generic board support for sandbox. and remove the old board init code.
Select CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD for sandbox now that this is supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In many cases, pointers to memory are passed around, and these pointers
refer to U-Boot memory, not host memory. This in itself is not a
problem.
However, in a few places, we cast that pointer back to a ulong (being
a U-Boot memory address). It is possible to convert many of these cases
to avoid this. However there are data structures (e.g. struct
bootm_headers) which use pointers. We could with a lot of effort adjust
the structs and all code that uses them to use ulong instead of pointers.
This seems like an unacceptable cost, since our objective with sandbox
is to minimise the impact on U-Boot code while maximising the features
available to sandbox.
Therefore, create a map_to_sysmem() function which converts from a
pointer to a U-Boot address. This can be used sparingly when needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the generic board error can occur when configuring U-Boot, or
during distclean, but this is incorrect. The existing autoconf.mk may come
from an earlier U-Boot configuration which is about to be overwritten.
Make the error conditional so that it will only be triggered when we are
actually building U-Boot.
This avoids a problem where the system is being reconfigured to remove
CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD on an architecture that does not support it.
Currently this will print an error and require the manual removal of
include/autoconf.mk.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Devices in CONFIG_SYS_POST_I2C_IGNORES list may be absent
and the rule is not to report I2C POST failure for devices
in this list. Currently this doesn't work since probing for
these devices isn't done and thus they are not marked as
successfully probed. Ignore optional devices when checking
for devices that didn't respond.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Avoid overwriting GEMx_RCLK_CTRL and GEMx_CLK_CTRL
if the Ethernet interface is connect on EMIO
Do not enable emio for this standard board configuration for now.
Signed-off-by: David Andrey <david.andrey@netmodule.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add all fixed addresses to hardware.h and change petalinux
configuration to support this.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The whole driver used 100Mbps because of zc702 rev B.
Fix problem with not setup proper clock for gem1.
This is generic approach for clk setup.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
BDs can be correctly setup just once and init function
performs only phy autodetection and enabling RX/TX.
RX/TX are disabled in halt function.
This patch solves the problem with repeatable tftp transfers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Removing this bit causes that frame is sent only once.
(With wrap big one packet has been sent several times
which dramatically decrease throughput)
TRM: (Table 16-3: Tx Buffer Descriptor Entry)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Move baseaddr to hardware.h to be shared between
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
XPSS prefix was used in past and it is obsolete for quite
some time. Let's use correct SoC name which is Zynq.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Watchdog can be used on Microblaze, PPC and Zynq hw designs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Fix microblaze soft reset function and disable
all cpu features. Especially disable caches because
IRQs were off by disable_interrupts().
Reported-by: John Williams <john.williams@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS macro.
It was there from historical point of view
when soft reset was just jump to u-boot text start
(not used right now).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is a MIME GnuPG-signed message. If you see this text, it means that
your E-mail or Usenet software does not support MIME signed messages.
The Internet standard for MIME PGP messages, RFC 2015, was published in 1996.
To open this message correctly you will need to install E-mail or Usenet
software that supports modern Internet standards.
Easier for using with patman.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Implement BOOT_OFFSET command for imximage. This command is parallel
to current BOOT_FROM command, but allows more flexibility in configuring
arbitrary image header offset. Also add an imximage.cfg with default
offset values into arm/arch/imx-common/ so the board-specific imximage.cfg
can include this file to avoid magic constants.
The syntax of BOOT_OFFSET command is "BOOT_OFFSET <u32 offset>".
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PUE requires PKE to mean something, as do pull values with PUE, so do not
compell users to explicitly use PKE and PUE everywhere. This is also what is
done on Linux and what has already been done for i.MX51.
By the way, remove some unused pad control definitions.
There is no change of behavior.
Note that SPI_PAD_CTRL was defined by several boards with a pull value, but
without PKE or PUE, which means that no pull was actually enabled in the pad.
This might be a bug in those boards, but this patch does not change the
behavior, so it just removes the meaningless pull value from those definitions.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Keep pad control definitions together, and organize definitions in a more
legible way.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Commit dc88403 "iomux-v3: Place pad control definitions into common file" broke
mx51_efikamx because it made i.MX6's pad control definitions conflict with
i.MX51's.
i.MX51's pad control definitions are actually common to some other i.MX
(25/35/53), so move them to the common iomux-v3.h (just like what is done in
Linux's), and select the correct definitions depending on whether CONFIG_MX6 is
defined or not.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Make all mpc512x code point to the new common fsl_iim driver, and remove the
former mpc512x-specific iim driver.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
IIM:
- Homogenize prg_p naming (the reference manuals are not always self-consistent
for that).
- Add missing SCSx and bank registers.
- Fix the number of banks on i.MX53.
OCOTP:
- Rename iim to ocotp in order to avoid confusion.
- Rename fuse_data to read_fuse_data, and sticky to sw_sticky, according to the
reference manual.
- Merge the existing spinoff gp1 fuse definition on i.MX6.
- Fix the number of banks on i.MX6.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
commit 5c2f444c9 (mxs: Reset the EMI block on mx23) changed the DDR voltage
level, which causes mx23evk to fail to load a kernel.
Put back the original values, so that mx23evk can boot a kernel again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Robert Nelson <robertcnelson@gmail.com>
This reworks the environment settings to be aligned with the other
i.MX boards. The loadaddr has been changed to allow the Freescale
kernel and mainline kernel to work without environment changes.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The MX23 Boot ROM does blindly load from 2048 offset while the MX28
does parse the BCB header to known where to load the image from. We
move the BCB header to 4 sectors offset so same code can be used by
both SoCs avoiding code duplication.
This idea was given by Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
imx-regs.h is more appropriate location for containing register masks.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
FSL 2.6.35 kernel expects that revision tag is passed by the bootloader.
Select CONFIG_REVISION_TAG so that mx53 boards can work properly with 2.6.35.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When booting a FSL kernel based on 2.6.35 it is necessary to pass the revision
tag to the kernel.
Place a common weak function into soc.c for such purpose.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Currently mmcrootfstype is set to ext3 type.
It is better not to force it in the env vars, because users may prefer a
different file system type, so let's get rid of 'mmcrootfstype'.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Update the environment as done in other imx boards to allow easy switching
between booting a non-dt kernel and a dt kernel.
Change CONFIG_LOADADDR to 0x92000000, so that we can have the:
- uImage at 0x92000000
- imx51-babbage.dtb at 0x91000000
,which are adequate locations in RAM to avoid overlapping.
Boot tested the following kernels:
- 2.6.35 from FSL (11.09 branch)
- 3.9-rc7 non-dt
- 3.9-rc7 dt
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Adds support for 'bmode' command which let user to choose where to
boot from; this allows U-Boot to load system from another storage
without messing with jumpers.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Allow use of the carrier board MicroSD card available in the
Wandboard; this allow for loading alternative system from the other
card for testing or upgrade proposes.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This add support to identify if the card is connected or not; so it
does not try to communicate with the controller if no card is
available.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This makes environment and mmcdev/mmcpart in sync with SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV
and SYS_MMC_ENV_PART settings.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
CKO1 drives sgtl5000 codec clock on nitrogen boards and wandboard.
Doing this setup in the bootloader will allow us to remove a lot of code in
arch/arm/mach-imx/mach-imx6q.c from the mainline kernel.
Also, according to Eric Nelson: "enabling the clock <in the bootloader> will
remove squeal after an ungraceful reboot (watchdog) if hooked up to speakers."
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Setup CCM_CCOSR register to provide a CKO1 clock frequency of 16.5 MHz.
CKO1 drives sgtl5000 codec clock on mx6qsabrelite and doing this setup in the
bootloader will allow us to remove a lot of code in arch/arm/mach-imx/mach-imx6q.c
from the mainline kernel.
mx6q_4x_mt41j128.cfg is also used by mx6qsabresd, and it is safe to use it for
this board as well.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Prior to this fix, calls to mxc_iomux_set_input() for registers
after MUX_IN_GPIO2_IN_19 would write to the wrong registers,
possibly resulting in unexpected behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Philip Paeps <philip@paeps.cx>
Add spaces before and after "<<".
Please note that I intentionally didn't wrap the > 80 lines for
the sake of better readability.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sometimes it might make sense to verify the written data to NOR flash.
This patch adds this feature. To enable this verify-after-write, you
need to define CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY in your board config header.
Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
this option if you really know what you are doing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Titanium is a i.MX6 based board from ProjectionDesign / Barco. This
patch adds support for this board with the newly introduced NAND
support for i.MX6.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
This patch moves the following functions into the imx-common
directory:
- mxs_wait_mask_set()
- mxs_wait_mask_clr()
- mxs_reset_block()
These are currently used by i.MX28. But the upcoming GPMI NAND port
for i.MX6 will also use these functions. So lets move them to a
common location to re-use them.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The following headers are moved to a i.MX common location:
- regs-common.h
- regs-apbh.h
- regs-bch.h
- regs-gpmi.h
- dma.h
This way this header can be re-used also by other i.MX platforms.
For example the i.MX6 which will need it for the upcoming NAND
support.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Instead of having the same PAD control definition in each MX6 variant pin file,
place it into a common location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
This patch adds the fast booting LWMON5 derivat "lcd4_lwmon5".
Its a stripped down version of the full blown lwmon5 support,
without ECC, USB, POST and some other stuff. It used the newly
introduced SPL infrastrucure for SPL from NOR flash booting
on the PPC4xx.
By setting the environment variable "boot_os" to "yes", Linux
will be started from the SPL version. If not, the "normal"
U-Boot will be started.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new make target "u-boot-img-spl-at-end.bin" consists of the
the real, full-blown U-Boot image and the U-Boot SPL binary
directly attached to it. The full-blown U-Boot image has the
mkimage header included, with its load-address and entry-point.
This will be used by the upcoming lwmon5 PPC440EPx derivate board
port.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds SPL booting support (NOR flash) for the
PPC4xx platforms.
This SPL booting (Falcon mode) will be used by the upcoming
lcd4_lwmon5 board port (lwmon5 variant).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With 'mtest' no longer a default command, we will have unused defines
which should be removed for the v2013.10 release.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The ARM errata 742230 - "ARM errata: DMB operation may be faulty" is
claimed for Cortex-A9 (r1p0..r2p2). Though i.MX6 uses a newer revision
than r2p2, we are seeing a reboot failure on i.MX6 SMP build that can be
fixed by applying the workaround for this errata. So for safety, let's
define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 to enable the workaround on i.MX6.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
They never return anything also than 0, so lets change the function
to void instead.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
this is usefull when writing an UBI image which contains
and UBIFS volume (check README.nand and UBI FAQ for more details)
Signed-off-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This makes mxc_iomux_set_input() work correctly. Previously, the
incorrect offset of IOMUXSW_INPUT_CTL caused mxc_iomux_set_input()
to write to the wrong register, possibly resulting in unexpected
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Philip Paeps <philip@paeps.cx>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
2013-04-16 18:58:47 +02:00
6590 changed files with 116474 additions and 149422 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
